Futaba 6K Transmitter Instruction manual

8-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System
TM
TM
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1M23N30314
Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futabausa.com
Entire Contents © 2018
7$%/(2)&217(176
Introduction ............................................6
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................9
INTRODUCTION
Ɣ3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ .......................................................9
%HIRUHXVH ..............................................13
BEFORE USE
Ɣ)HDWXUHV ...................................................13
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....14
Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................14
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV................................................15
COMMON
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................16
Ɣ%DWWHU\ ......................................................18
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU212)) .22
Ɣ$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW .....................22
AIRPLANE
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V EXWWRQV.............23
Ɣ.H\VORFN..................................................24
Ɣ6WLFNFRQWURO ............................................24
6WLFNFRQWURO$LUSODQH([DPSOH................. 25
6WLFNFRQWURO+HOLFRSWHU([DPSOH.............. 26
6WLFNFRQWURO0XOWLFRSWHU([DPSOH ........... 27
HELICOPTER
Ɣ'LJLWDOWULPV ............................................28
Ɣ&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ........................................29
Ɣ6ZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWWDEOH ..........................30
GLIDER
Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV ..............31
Ɣ$GMXVWLQJWKHOHQJWKRIWKHFRQWUROVWLFNV ..34
Ɣ6WLFNOHYHUWHQVLRQDGMXVWPHQW................34
Ɣ:DUQLQJ HUURUGLVSOD\V .......................35
MULTICOPTER
Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH ........................................36
Ɣ56%,QVWDOOWLRQ .................................38
Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................39
Ɣ56%56%,QVWDOOWLRQ ................40
TX SETTING
Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................41
Ɣ5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............42
3
Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................43
Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHSRZHUVZLWFK ....................43
Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................44
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................45
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................46
Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................47
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................48
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................49
&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................50
Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW ..............................................52
0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 53
5;W\SH 7)+66$LU ⇔ 6)+66 ................ 53
/LQN ................................................................. 53
'DWHUHVHW......................................................... 54
0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 54
Ɣ0RGHOW\SH ................................................55
Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................70
Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................73
Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU ／ 6HUYRWHVW ....................74
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................75
7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 75
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 79
2SWLRQDOWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUV ............................ 83
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 84
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 85
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 86
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 87
7HOHPHWU\FXUUHQW .......................................... 88
7HOHPHWU\YROWDJH ........................................... 89
7HOHPHWU\FDSDFLW\ ......................................... 90
0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 56
:LQJW\SH ........................................................ 56
7DLOW\SH ........................................................... 56
6ZDVKW\SH ...................................................... 56
Ɣ6HQVRU........................................................91
Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................57
Ɣ7LPHU.........................................................97
0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 57
8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 58
Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................59
Ɣ(QGSRLQW ..................................................61
Ɣ7ULP...........................................................62
Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................63
Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................64
Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................65
/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 66
%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 67
/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 67
/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 67
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 67
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ................... 67
%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 67
+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 68
7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 68
4
7HOHPHWU\XQLW................................................. 68
6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 68
6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 69
6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 69
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 92
Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................93
Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................96
Ɣ7UDLQHU ....................................................100
$LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ ...............................102
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW.............................................104
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................106
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................108
Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................109
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................ 110
Ɣ$LOHURQ'L൵HUHQWLDO ................................ 111
Ɣ97DLO ....................................................... 112
Ɣ&DPEHU ................................................... 113
Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................ 114
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 116
Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ .......................... 117
Ɣ(OHYRQ ..................................................... 118
+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................119
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................165
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................121
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW.............................................122
7;VHWWLQJ............................................166
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................124
Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................166
Ɣ7ULPR൵VHW...............................................126
Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................166
Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................127
Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH.............................167
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................128
Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................167
Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................129
Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................130
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................132
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................134
Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ 3,7WR58' .........136
Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................138
Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................139
Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................140
*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................141
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................143
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................144
Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................146
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................147
Ɣ$LOHURQ'L൵HUHQWLDO ................................148
Ɣ9WDLO........................................................149
Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................150
Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................151
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................152
Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................154
Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ......................155
0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................156
Ɣ)OLJKWPRGH.............................................158
Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................160
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................161
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................163
Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ .........................................164
5
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 6K series digital proportional R/C
system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
Futaba Service Center.
Introduction
'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
subject to change without notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during
\RXUKREE\¶V³R൵VHDVRQ´WRHQVXUHVDIHRSHUDWLRQ
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG
programming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 6K Frequently Asked Questions web site
DW ZZZIXWDEDXVDFRP 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\
information on the 6K radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHV
VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\
PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU
RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ
KRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
to assist you.
FOR SERVICE:
Futaba Service Center
FUTABA Corporation of America
:DOO7ULDQD+Z\
+XQWVYLOOH$/86$
3KRQH
)$;
www.futabausa.com
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
problems or service needs.
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQ
the systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact
your region’s support center for assistance.
6
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ
7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG
for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes.
7KH SURGXFW LV VXEMHFW WR UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH 0LQLVWU\ RI 5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQG LV
restricted under Japanese law to such purposes.
Introduction
2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\
the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If
WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW
Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased
WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ
\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH
been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW
be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models.
0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG
the warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQFRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLV
subject to the following two conditions:
7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH
undesired operation.
7KLV PRGXOH PHHWV WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU D PRELOH GHYLFH WKDW PD\ EH XVHG DW VHSDUDWLRQ
GLVWDQFHVRIPRUHWKDQFPIURPKXPDQERG\
To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with another
transmitting device.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:
FUTABA Corporation of America
:DOO7ULDQD+Z\+XQWVYLOOH$/86$
3KRQHRU(PDLOVHUYLFH#IXWDED86$FRP
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV
indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide
SURJUDPWRFROOHFWDQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQ
taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC. program provides a
convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or
PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
(for USA)
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery.
3OHDVH FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDED
Corporation involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment
and conserving natural resources.
*RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.
7
Introduction
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH
SXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHGWRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ
against harmful interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG
DQG XVHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV PD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR
FRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODU
LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQ
ZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWR൵DQGRQWKHXVHU LVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:
To assure continued FCC compliance:
$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH
user's authority to operate the equipment.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&& 5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDUDWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DW OHDVW
FPPXVWEHPDLQWDLQHGEHWZHHQWKHDQWHQQDRIWKLVGHYLFHDQGDOOSHUVRQV
This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Compliance Information Statement (for EU)
Declaration of Conformity
+HUHE\ )XWDED &RUSRUDWLRQ GHFODUHV WKDW WKH UDGLR HTXLSPHQW W\SH 7. LV LQ FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK
'LUHFWLYH(8
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:
KWWSZZZUFIXWDEDFRMSHQJOLVKLQGH[KWPO
Where to Fly
:H UHFRPPHQG WKDW \RX À\ DW D UHFRJQL]HG PRGHO DLUSODQH À\LQJ ¿HOG<RX FDQ ¿QG PRGHO
FOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\
RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV
<RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFW WKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$ ZKLFK KDV PRUH
WKDQ FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVV WKH FRXQWU\ 7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RI WKHP LQVWUXFWRU WUDLQLQJ
SURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO
free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH )D[ or via the Internet at http:\\www.
modelaircraft.org
$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and
ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQ DQG DQ\ REVWDFOHV RQ WKH ¿HOG %H YHU\ FDUHIXO
À\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH
radio interference in their vicinity.
8
Precautions
Application, Export, and Modification Precautions.
■ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
■ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
■ The contents of this manual should be complete, but if there are any unclear or missing parts please contact a
Futaba Service Center.
Introduction
1. This product is only designed for use with radio control models. Use of the product described in this instruction
manual is limited to radio control models.
2. Export precautions:
a) When this product is exported, it cannot be used where prohibited by the laws governing radio waves of the
destination country.
b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations.
3. Modification, adjustment, and parts replacement
Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjustment, or replacement of parts on this product.
■ Futaba is not responsible for the use of this product by the customer.
■ Company and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective company.
For safe use
Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of this product at all times.
Meaning of Special Markings:
The parts of this manual indicated by the following marks require special attention from the standpoint of safety.
'$1*(5 3URFHGXUHV ZKLFK PD\ OHDG WR GDQJHURXV FRQGLWLRQV DQG FDXVH GHDWKVHULRXV LQMXU\ LI QRW FDUULHG RXW
properly.
:$51,1*3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRW
FDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RIVXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK
&$87,213URFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULVVPDOOEXWWKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RU
SK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\
= Prohibited
0DQGDWRU\
WARNING: Always keep electrical components away from small children.
Flying Precautions
WARNING
Never grasp the transmitter built-in antenna
part while flying.
■ The transmitter output may drop drastically.
Always make sure that all transmitter stick
movements operate all servos properly in the
model prior to flight. also, make sure that all
switches, etc., function properly as well. If there
are any difficulties, do not use the system until all
inputs are functioning properly.
Never fly in the range check mode.
■ In the dedicated range test range check mode, the
transmitter output range is reduced and may cause a
crash.
While operating, never touch the transmitter
with, or bring the transmitter near, another transmitter, a cellphone, or other wireless devices.
■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation.
9
Never fly on a rainy day, when the wind is
strong, and at night.
■ Water could lead to failure or improper functionality
and poor control of the aircraft which could lead to a
crash.
Never turn the power switch on and off during
flight or while the engine or motor is running.
■ Low battery capacity will cause loss of control and a
crash.
Introduction
■ Operation will become impossible and the aircraft will
crash. Even if the power switch is turned on, operation
will not begin until transmitter and receiver internal
processing is complete.
Always check operation of each control surface
and perform a range test before each flying session. Also, when using the trainer function, check
the operation of both the teacher and student
transmitter.
Do not start the engine or motor while wearing
the neck strap.
■ Even one transmitter setting or aircraft abnormality
cause a crash.
■ The neck strap may become entangled with the
rotating propeller, rotor, etc., and cause a serious injury.
Do not fly when you are physically impaired as
it could pose a safety hazard to yourself or others.
Do not fly at the following places:
■ Near another radio control flying field.
■ Near or above people.
■ Near homes, schools, hospitals or other places where
people congregate.
■ Near high voltage lines, high structures, or
communication facilities.
Before turning on the transmitter:
1. Always move the transmitter throttle stick position to
the minimum (idle) position.
2. Turn on the transmitter first and then the receiver.
When turning off the transmitter's power
switch. After the engine or motor has stopped
(state in which it will not rotate again):
1. Turn off the receiver power switch.
2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch.
When setting the transmitter on the ground
during flight preparations, do not stand it upright. ■ The transmitter may tip over, the sticks may
■ If the power switch is turned on/off in the opposite
order, the propeller may rotate unexpectedly and cause a
serious injury.
move and the propeller or rotor may rotate unexpectedly
and cause injury.
■ Also always observe the above order when setting the
fail safe function.
Do not touch the engine, motor, or FET amp
during and immediately after use.
■ Maximum low throttle: Direction in which the engine
or motor runs at the slowest speed or stops.
■ These items may become hot during use.
For safety, fly so that the aircraft is visible at all
times.
■ Flying behind buildings or other large structures
will not only cause you to lose sight of the aircraft, but
also degrade the RF link performance and cause loss of
control.
From the standpoint of safety, always set the
fail safe function.
■ In particular, normally set the throttle channel to idle.
For a helicopter, set the throttle channel to maintain a
hover.
When flying, always return the transmitter setup screen to the Home screen.
■ Erroneous input during flight is extremely dangerous.
10
Always check the remaining capacity of the
transmitter and receiver batteries before each flying session prior to flight.
When adjusting the transmitter, stop the engine except when necessary. In the case of a motor, disconnect the wiring and to allow it to continue operation. When doing so, please exercise
extreme caution. Ensure that the aircraft is secured and that it will not come into contact with
anything or anyone. Ensure that the motor will
not rotate prior to making any adjustments.
■ Unexpected high speed rotation of the engine may
cause a serious injury.
Battery and Charger Handling Precautions
DANGER
Do not recharge a battery that is damaged, deteriorated, leaking electrolyte, or wet.
Do not use the charger in applications other
than as intended.
■ Do not use the charger, when it or your hands, are wet.
Do not use the charger in humid places.
Do not short circuit the battery.
Do not solder or repair, deform, modify, or disassemble the battery and/or battery charger.
Do not drop the battery into a fire or bring it
near a fire.
■ Charging the battery past the specified value may
cause a fire, combustion, rupture, or liquid leakage. When
quick charging, do not charge the battery above 1C.
■ Do not charge the battery while riding in a vehicle.
Vibration will prevent normal charging.
When using the optional LiFe battery, disconnect the battery from the transmitter and charge
it with the special LBC-4E5 LiFe Battery Charger
sold separately.
When using the optional LiFe battery, do not
connect the charger to the balance charge connector and the power connector at the same time.
Do not charge and store the battery in direct
sunlight or other hot places.
■ Doing so cause a fire, combustion, generation of heat,
rupture, or liquid leakage.
Do not charge the battery if it is covered with
any object as it may become very hot.
Insert the power cord plug firmly into the receptacle up to its base.
Do not use the battery in a combustible environment.
Always use the charger with the specified power supply voltage.
■ The gas ignite and cause an explosion or fire.
Always charge the battery before each flying
session.
■ If the battery goes dead during flight, the aircraft will
crash.
Introduction
Do not allow the charger or battery to become
wet.
Charge the nickel-hydride battery with the
dedicated charger supplied with the set.
■ Use the special charger by connecting it to a proper
power outlet.
If the battery should get in your eyes, do not
rub your eyes, but immediately wash them with
tap water or other clean water and get treated by
a doctor.
■ The liquid can cause blindness.
WARNING
Do not touch the charger and battery for any
length of time during charging.
■ The battery memory effect will substantially shorten
the battery life even if it is recharged.
■ Doing so may result burns.
Use and store the battery and battery charger
in a secure location away from children.
Do not use a charger or battery that has been
damaged.
Do not touch any of the internal components
of the charger.
■ Doing so may cause electric shock or a burn.
If any abnormalities such as smoke or discoloration are noted with either the charger or the battery, remove the battery from the transmitter or
charger and disconnect the power cord plug and
do not use the charger.
■ Continued use may cause fire, combustion, generation
of heat, or rupture.
Do not subject the batteries to impact.
■ Doing so may cause fire, combustion, generation of
heat, rupture, or liquid leakage.
Do not repeatedly charge a nickel-hydrogen
battery in the shallow discharge state.
■ Doing so may cause electric shock or injury.
If the battery leaks liquid or generates an abnormal odor, immediately move it to a safe place
for disposal.
■ Not doing so may cause combustion.
If the battery liquid gets on your skin or clothing, immediately flush the area with tap water or
other clean water.
■ Consult a doctor. The liquid can cause skin damage.
After the specified charging time has elapsed,
end charging and disconnect the charger from the
receptacle.
When recycling or disposing of the battery, isolate the terminals by covering them with electrical tape.
■ Short circuit of the terminals may cause combustion,
generation of heat or rupture.
11
CAUTION
Do not use the nickel-hydride battery with devices other than the corresponding transmitter.
Do not charge the battery in extreme temperatures.
Do not place heavy objects on top of the battery or charger. Also, do not place the battery or
charger in any location where it fall.
■ Doing so will degrade the battery performance. An
ambient temperature of 10℃ to 30℃ (50 ℉ to 86 ℉ ) is
ideal for charging.
Unplug the charger when not in use.
■ Doing so may cause damage or injury.
Introduction
Do not store or use the battery and charger
where it is dusty or humid.
Do not bend or pull the cord unreasonably and
do not place heavy objects on the cord.
■ Insert the power cord plug into the receptacle only
after eliminating the dust.
■ The power cord may be damaged and cause
combustion, generation of heat, or electric shock.
After the transmitter has been used for a long
time, the battery may become hot. Immediately
remove from the transmitter.
■ Not doing so may cause a burn.
Storage and Disposal Precautions
WARNING
Keep wireless equipment, batteries, aircraft,
etc., away from children.
CAUTION
Do not store wireless devices in the following
places:
・Where it is extremely hot (40℃ [104F] or higher)
or cold (-10℃ [14F] or lower)
・Where the equipment will be exposed to direct
sunlight
・Where the humidity is high
・Where vibration is prevalent
・Where it is very dusty
・Where the device may be exposed to steam and
heat
When the device will not be used for a long
time, remove the battery from the transmitter
and aircraft and store them in a dry place where
the temperature is between 0 and 30℃ [32F and
86F].
■ Left standing 'as is' may will cause battery deterioration,
liquid leakage, etc.
Other Precautions
CAUTION
Do not directly expose plastic parts to fuel, oil,
exhaust gas, etc.
■ If left in such an environment, the plastic may be
attacked and damaged.
■ Since the metal parts of the case may corrode, always
keep them clean.
Join the Academy of Model Aeronautics.
■ The Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA) provides
guidelines and liability protection should the need arise.
Always use genuine Futaba products such as
transmitter, receiver, servo, FET amplifier, battery, etc.
12
■ Futaba is not responsible for damage sustained by
combination with other than Futaba Genuine Parts. Use
the parts specified in the instruction manual and catalog.
BEFORE USE
ũŨŤŷŸŵŨŶŃ
Ɣ7)+66$LU*+]6)+66*+]PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHU
The Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system/S-FHSS system is employed.
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP ,WFDQ WEHXVHGLQFDVHRI6)+66
A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the
IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWLWXGHWHPSHUDWXUH530FXUUHQWDQGYROWDJH
data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.
Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ 7)+66RQO\
Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.
Ɣ%XLOWLQDQWHQQD
Antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to the
transmitter.
Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU
)RXU$$ V DONDOLQH EDWWHULHV FDQ EH XVHG7KH RSWLRQDO +7)% 1L0+ 9 P$ RU
)7)%9 OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$ EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG
Before use
Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ
Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ
$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG
Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP
The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory.
Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKHIXVHODJH,QDGGLWLRQ
VZDVKSODWHW\SHVFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUKHOLFRSWHUV0XOWLFRSWHUVHOHFWLRQLVDOVRSRVVLEOH
Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP
5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH
arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.
Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQW
The lever head length can be adjusted. Lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has been
adopted.
Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH
0L[LQJDQGRWKHUVZLWFKHVDQG95FDQEHVHOHFWHG6LQFHWKHIXQFWLRQRIWKH$8;FKDQQHOV &+ &+ FDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH
programmable mixing function.
Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ
0RGHOGDWDFDQEHZLUHOHVVO\WUDQVIHUUHGEHWZHHQ.
56%UHFHLYHU*The receiver depend on the type of set.
Ɣ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH
S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing is
possible.
Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
,IWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSVEHORZWKHVHWYDOXHZKHQWKHIDLOVDIHPRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKH
battery fail safe function moves the servo to a preset position.
13
ŦŲűŷŨűŷŶŃŤűŧŃŷŨŦūűŬŦŤůŃŶųŨŦŬũŬŦŤŷŬŲűŶ
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
<RXU.LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV
‡7.WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDLUSODQHVRUKHOLFRSWHUV
‡5HFHLYHU
• Switch harness
*The set contents depend on the type of set.
7UDQVPLWWHU7.
)UHTXHQF\EDQG*+]EDQG
5)SRZHURXWSXWPZ(,53
VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP 6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
3RZHUVXSSO\9'U\EDWWHU\
5HFHLYHU56%
Before use
7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%866%86V\VWHP
)UHTXHQF\EDQG*+]EDQG
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW99EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 5)SRZHURXWSXWPZ(,53
6L]H[[LQ [[PP
:HLJKWR] J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU
:KHQXVLQJ(6& VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ
5HFHLYHU56%
6)+66*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW99EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 6L]H[[LQ [[PP
:HLJKWR] J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH9
:KHQXVLQJ(6& VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ
5HFHLYHU56%
7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%866%86V\VWHP
)UHTXHQF\EDQG*+]EDQG
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW99EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 5)SRZHURXWSXWPZ(,53
6L]H[[LQ [[PP
:HLJKWR] J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH9
:KHQXVLQJ(6& VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ
ŶżŶŷŨŰŃŦŲŰųŤŷŬťŬůŬŷż
The 6K is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS +RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\
V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+66 7KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ
Communications System
T-FHSS Air
S-FHSS
Usable Receivers
R3001SB, R3004SB, R3006SB, R3008SB
*R334SB, R334SB-E, T-FHSS surface system receivers
do not operate.
R2001SB, R2008SB, R2006GS, R2106GF
NOTE：
*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems.
Use it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T6K is a T-FHSS Air system
but can also be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKH
telemetry system cannot be used.
*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSSVXUIDFHV\VWHPDUHGL൵HUHQW7KH T6K cannot be used with
the R334SB, R334SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.
14
Optional Parts
7KHIROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHU
WRD)XWDEDFDWDORJIRUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
‡+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
‡)7)%97UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU
LiFe.
• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by
SODFLQJWKHLQVWUXFWRURQDVHSDUDWHWUDQVPLWWHU1RWHWKDWWKH7.WUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHFRQQHFWHGWRDQRWKHU
7.V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7.WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKH
WKUHHFRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG 5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5
IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV ‡7HOHPHWU\VHQVRUSOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
V\VWHPDQGWRDFTXLUHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQIURPDPRGHOKLJKXSLQWKHVN\
>7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU6%677(@
>$OWLWXGHVHQVRU6%6$$@
>530VHQVRU PDJQHWW\SH6%650@
>530VHQVRU RSWLFDOW\SH6%652@
>530VHQVRU EUXVKOHVVPRWRUW\SH6%65%@
>&XUUHQWVHQVRU6%6&@
>9ROWDJHVHQVRU6%69@
Before use
‡6HUYRVWKHUHDUHYDULRXVNLQGVRIVHUYRV3OHDVHFKRRVHWKH)XWDEDVHUYRVEHVWVXLWHGIRUWKHPRGHODQG
SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR
‡1HFNVWUDSDQHFNVWUDSFDQEHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU7.V\VWHPWRPDNHLWHDVLHUWRKDQGOHDQGLPSURYH
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VZHLJKW
‡<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\
GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV
• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
‡5HFHLYHUVYDULRXVPRGHOVRI)XWDEDUHFHLYHUVDUHPD\EHSXUFKDVHGIRUXVHLQRWKHUPRGHOV 5HFHLYHUV
IRU7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH
15
ŷŵŤűŶŰŬŷŷŨŵŃŦŲűŷŵŲůŶŃŐŃŷřŮŃŋƌƑŃƆƄƖƈŃƒƉŃƐƒƇƈŃŕŌ
Built-in Antenna
Volume
Carrying Handle
Before use
3 Position Switch (A)
3 Position Switch (B)
3 Position Switch (C)
2 Position Switch (D)
Rudder
/Throttle
Stick
Elevator
/Aileron
Stick
Power
LED
Elevator Trim Lever
Throttle
Trim Lever
Aileron Trim Lever
Rudder
Trim Lever
＋ Key
− Key
END Key
Jog Key
Power Switch
(Up position: ON)
Hook
(for optional neckstrap)
16
LCD Panel
ŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŒŵƒƅƒƗŃƖƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑ
Throttle stick warning
Self neutral type（Multicopter/Robot specification）
Before use
A throttle stick returns
neutrally by a spring.
Ratchet type（General transmitter）
A throttle stick doesn't return
neutrally.
Throttle stick：
Motor or engine
power is controlled.
WARNING
You cannot use the throttle stick of self-neutral type for RC airplane, RC helicopter, and certain multi-copter.
It's very dangerous if Engine/Motor becomes middle-speed by
self-return.
It's necessary to change the stick to the ratchet type if using it for
RC airplane and RC helicopter.
17
ŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲűŃŤűŧŃŵŨŰŲŹŤůŃŲũŃŷūŨŃŷřŮŃťŤŷŷŨŵżŃ
7KH7.WUDQVPLWWHULVGHVLJQHGWRZRUNZLWKHLWKHUIRXU $$DONDOLQHGU\FHOOEDWWHULHVRU+7)%
EDWWHU\SDFNERWKDYDLODEOHVHSDUDWHO\7KHWUDQVPLWWHUEDWWHULHVXVHGDUHDPDWWHURISHUVRQDOSUHIHUHQFH
$DONDOLQHEDWWHULHVDUHDYDLODEOHDWDQ\ORFDOKREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFNZLOOQHHGWREH
purchased from a hobby shop.
Battery Replacement Method
Before use
Push
Battery Cover
Slide the battery cover off the
transmitter in the direction of
the arrow in the figure.
Load the new AA size batteries. Pay very close attention to the polarity
markings and reinsert accordingly.
Check:
7XUQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWRWKH21SRVLWLRQ
&KHFNWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHGLVSOD\RQWKH/&'VFUHHQ,IWKH
YROWDJHLVORZFKHFNWKHEDWWHULHVIRULQVX൶FLHQWFRQWDFWLQ
the case or incorrect battery polarity.
Disposal of the Dry Cell Batteries:
The method to dispose of used dry cell batteries depends on
the area in which you reside. Dispose of the batteries in accordance with the regulations for your area.
Slide the battery cover
back onto the case.
CAUTION
Always be sure you reinsert the batteries in the correct polarity order.
If the batteries are loaded incorrectly, the transmitter may be damaged.
When the transmitter will not be used for any short or long period of time, always
remove the batteries. If the batteries do happen to leak, clean the battery case and contacts thoroughly. Make sure the contacts are free of corrosion.
18
When Using The Optional Battery HT5F1800B
:KHQXVLQJDQRSWLRQDOUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\UHSODFHWKHEDWWHU\DVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
-Always use the optional HT5F1800B rechargeable battery.
-The type of power source used must be set by system setting.
:KHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLOOQRWEHXVHGIRUDORQJWLPHUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\
Dry cell
battery BOX
Refer to the previous description and remove the transmitter battery cover.
After removing the dry cell
battery box from the transmitter, disconnect the connector.
Before use
Disconnect the
connector
Insert the connector of the new
battery and load the new battery into the transmitter.
Finish by installing the
battery cover.
CAUTION
Connect the battery
connector.
When closing the battery
cover, be careful that the
battery cover does not pinch
the battery lead wires.
Shorting of the battery lead wires may
lead to fire and abnormal heating and
cause burns or fire disaster.
When Charging the Optional Battery HT5F1800B
Charging a NiMH Battery
(Example: When using the HT5F1800B with the special charger)
1 Plug the transmitter cord of the special charger into
the charging jack on the rear of the transmitter.
2 Plug the charger into an AC outlet.
3 Check that the charging LED lights.
Charging jack
NiMH battery HT5F1800B
(not included)
19
The charging time when charging the HT5F1800B battery
with the optional special charger is approximately 15 hours.
+RZHYHUZKHQWKHEDWWHU\KDVQRWEHHQXVHGIRUVRPHWLPH
repeat charging 2 or 3 times to activate the battery.
AC outlet
Charger
Over current protection
7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFKDUJLQJFLUFXLWLVHTXLSSHGZLWKDQRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQFLUFXLW $ ,IWKHEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKD
TXLFNFKDUJHUIRURWKHUWKDQGLJLWDOSURSRUWLRQDO5&VHWVLW
may not be fully charged.
Transmitter
charging LED
CAUTION
Never try to recharge a dry cell battery.
Before use
The transmitter may be damaged or the battery electrolyte
may leak or the battery may break.
To receiver
NiCd battery
To transmitter
charging jack
Insert the batteries in the correct polarity.
If the polarity is incorrect, the transmitter may be damaged.
When the transmitter is not in use, remove the batteries.
If the battery electrolyte leaks, wipe off the case and contacts.
Do not use commercial AA size NiCd and NiMH batteries.
Quick charging may cause the
battery contacts to overheat and
damage the battery holder.
Charging A LiFe Battery
(Example: When using the FT2F1700BV2/2100BV2 with the special
charger)
1 Remove the battery cover.
2 Disconnect the battery from the T6K.
3 Balance charging cannot be done through the
transmitter, you must remove the LiFe battery to do
this charge.
Charging jack
Cannot be used for
charge of LiFe.
&KDUJH WKH RSWLRQDO )7)%9%9
/L)H EDWWHU\ ZLWK WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU LQ DFFRUdance with the instruction manual supplied.
:KHQWKHEDWWHU\ZLOOQRWEHXVHGIRUDORQJWLPH
to prevent it from deteriorating we recommend
that it be kept in about the half capacity state instead of fully charged. Also be careful that the battery does not enter the over-discharged state due
to self-discharge.
3HULRGLFDOO\ DERXW HYHU\ PRQWKV FKDUJH WKH
battery.
Balance charging connector for
LiFe battery charger.
LiFe battery is removed
from transmitter.
20
ŦūŤŵŪŬűŪŃŷūŨŃťŤŷŷŨŵŬŨŶŃŋźƋƈƑŃƗƋƈŃƕƈƆƋƄƕƊƈƄƅƏƈŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƒƓƗƌƒƑŃƌƖŃƘƖƈƇŌŃ
&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV
1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectors
of the charger.
3OXJWKHFKDUJHULQWRDZDOOVRFNHW
&KHFNWKDWWKHFKDUJHU/('OLJKWV
Charger
TX: Transmitter charging indicator
RX: Receiver charging indicator
Receiver battery
Before use
To transmitter charging jack
According to the description of the battery to be used
DQG LWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVH LW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ
out full charge.
:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKH
FKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that the
use of a fast charger may damage the batteries by
overheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime.
: K H Q + 7)% L V F K R V H Q + % & $ L V
recommended.
:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)%9 SOHDVH PDNH VXUH
to remove the battery from the system to charge it.
Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC(
%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV
%HORZ\RXZLOO¿QGVRPHJHQHUDOUXOHVDQGJXLGHOLQHVZKLFKVKRXOGEHDGKHUHGWRZKHQFKDUJLQJ
WUDQVPLWWHUDQGRUUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\SDFNV7KHVHDUHLQFOXGHGWRVHUYHRQO\DVJHQHUDOJXLGHOLQHV
and are not intended to replace or supersede the information provided by the battery and/or
FKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUHLQFOXGHG
ZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFN V DQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG
• Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.
• 'RQRWFKDUJHEDWWHU\SDFNVWKDWKDYHEHHQGDPDJHGLQDQ\ZD\:HVWURQJO\VXJJHVWIUHTXHQW
inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.
• 'R QRW WR DOORZ EDWWHULHV WR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFW WKH EDWWHU\ IURP WKH FKDUJHU
immediately and allow to cool.
• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ¿JXUDWLRQHWF
• Do not deep cycle batteries as permanent damage could result.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW
• ,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW
• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH³PHPRU\H൵HFW´OLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH
1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOV UHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU • 1L0+ FHOOV KDYH D VHOIGLVFKDUJH UDWH RI DSSUR[LPDWHO\ FRPSDUHG WR IRU 1L&G
EDWWHULHV ,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH
• 1HYHUFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\LQUHYHUVH5HYHUVHFRQQHFWLRQZLOOFDXVHWKHEDWWHU\WRRYHUKHDWRU
will damage the inside of the charger.
• Do not add an additional charge after charging.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\ O& RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\
• ,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH
• Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.
• Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.
• ,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHƒ& ƒ) UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\
cause abnormal charging and overheat.
21
ūƒƚŃƗƒŃƗƘƕƑŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƓƒƚƈƕŃŲűŒŲũũŃ
:KHQWXUQLQJRQWKHSRZHUWKH7.WUDQVPLWWHUZLOOEHJLQHPLWWLQJ5)DXWRPDWLFDOO\DIWHULWFRQ¿UPVWKH
VXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHUSDUWRIWKHIURQW
RID7.
,I7+5VWLFNLVKLJKWKHQH[W:$51,1*VFUHHQZLOOFRPHRXW0RUHRYHULIDSRZHUVXSSO\
LV VZLWFKHG RQ ZKLOH 6: VHW E\:$51,1* VHWXS KDV EHHQ 21 LW ZLOO EH LQGLFDWHG E\
:$51,1*（,QWKHFDVHRI0XOWLFRSWHUPRGHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ DODUPGRHVQRWRFFXU
Power ON
Power OFF
Power Switch
Throttle Stick Low
Before use
Power Switch
If the power switches are turned off in the opposite order the model may unexpectedly run out of control and
cause a very dangerous situation.
ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
1. Turn on the transmitter power switch.
2. Turn on the receiver or speed control power switch.
ON
ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒȭŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ
Always be sure the motor/engine is stopped.
1. Turn off the receiver or speed control power switch.
2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch.
OFF
ON
OFF
ŤŧŭŸŶŷŬűŪŃŧŬŶųůŤżŃŦŲűŷŵŤŶŷŃ
7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON.
3XVKWKH＋− KEY while still holding the END BUTTON:
＋ KEY to brighten
Ũűŧ
ٔ
− KEY to darken the display
Brighten
Ũűŧ
ٕ
Darken
22
ŷŵŤűŶŰŬŷŷŨŵŃŧŬŶųůŤżŶŃʼnŃťŸŷŷŲűŶŃ
:KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ DSSHDUV %HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH EH VXUH WKDW WKH PRGHO W\SH DQG QDPH
DSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWRÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHO
PHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK
Press and hold ＋ KEY for one
second to open programming
menus.
Before use
Model timer display <MDL>
Shows the cumulated ON time for each model. (hours:minutes)
System timer display <SYS>
Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes)
Model type
System
Resetting timers:
"T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"
Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display
flashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.
Output display
Battery
voltage Telemetry
Model number
and name
Receiving accuracy
Throttle trim
Elevator
trim
display
display
−key
END
Key
＋key
Jog key
Each trim
value
Rudder trim
display
Aileron trim
display
(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQ DSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWWXUQHGRQ JOG KEY:
Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a
IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\ OHIWRUULJKW 3UHVVJOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu.
3UHVV JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQG WR FRQILUP PDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DV WKH GHFLVLRQ WR VHOHFW
D GLIIHUHQW PRGHO IURP PHPRU\ FRS\ RQH PRGHO PHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHU WULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHO
SRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG
$QRQVFUHHQLQTXLU\ZLOODVNLI\RXDUHVXUH
3UHVVJOG KEY again to accept the change.
＋ KEY:
3UHVVDQGKROG ＋ KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS
or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.
− KEY:
,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH
performed.
END KEY:
3UHVV(1'.(<WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWRVWDUW
up screen.
23
ŮƈƜƖŃůƒƆƎŃ
7R SUHYHQW WKH GDWD IURP EHLQJ FKDQJHG E\ HUURQHRXV WRXFKLQJ RI WKH NH\V GXULQJ IOLJKW D
function which makes are keys impossible temporarily.
ٔ
ٕ
Press 1 second
ŮƈƜƖŃůƒƆƎŃŧƌƖƓƏƄƜ
+RZWRORFN
1 The home screen is displayed.
2 Press the ＋ key and − key simultaneously for about 1 second. "Key
mark" is displayed and the keys disabled.
Lock : Jog key, ＋ key, − key, END key
Before use
ٔ
ٕ
+RZWRXQORFN
1 Press the ＋ key and − key simultaneously for about 1 second in the
touch sensor locked state. The keys
enabled again.
Press 1 second
ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏ
(OHYDWRU6WLFN
3LWFKLQJD[LV
$LOHURQVWLFN
5ROOD[LV
(QJLQH PRWRU
3RZHU
7KURWWOHVWLFN
24
<DZLQJD[LV
5XGGHUVWLFN
*Example Stick Mode2
Stick control : Airplane Example
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch axis Control
Roll axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
The right aileron
is up.
The left aileron
is down.
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
UP
To the right
(moved to the bottom)
Elevator is up.
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Elevator is down.
Before use
Level flight
Left roll
The left aileron
is up.
The right
aileron is
down.
Aileron stick
Elevator stick
Nose Down
DOWN
To the left
(moved to the top)
Yaw axis Control
Throttle Control
Hight
Nose Right
Throttle stick
Rudder stick
HIGHT
To the right
The rudder is
right.
(moved to the top)
Middle
Throttle stick
Neutral
Straight
Nose Left
The rudder is
left.
Rudder stick
To the left
MIDDLE
(neutral)
Slow
Throttle stick
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
25
Stick control : Helicopter Example
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch axis Control
Roll axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
UP
To the right
(moved to the bottom)
Level flight
Before use
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Aileron stick
Elevator stick
Left roll
Nose Down
To the left
Nose Right
DOWN
(moved to the top)
Yaw axis Control
Throttle /Pitch Control
Rudder stick
Throttle stick
Rise
HIGHT
To the right
Pitch Up
Hight
(moved to the top)
Hovering
Throttle stick
Neutral
MIDDLE
Middle
Straight
(neutral)
Descent
Pitch Down
Rudder stick
Nose Left
26
Throttle stick
To the left
Slow
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
Stick control : Multicopter Example
*Example Stick Mode2
A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.)
Pitch axis Control
Roll axis Control
Right roll
Nose Up
Right slide
Elevator stick
Aileron stick
(moved to the bottom)
Hovering
Level flight
Neutral
Neutral
Before use
Hovering
Level flight
UP
Back slide
To the right
Left roll
Nose Down
Left slide
Aileron stick
Front slide
Elevator stick
DOWN
To the left
(moved to the top)
Yaw axis Control
Throttle Control
Nose Right
Rudder stick
Throttle stick
Rise
HIGHT
To the right
(moved to the top)
Hovering
Hovering
Level flight
Throttle stick
Neutral
MIDDLE
(neutral)
Descent
Throttle stick
Rudder stick
Nose Left
To the left
Stop
SLOW
(moved to the bottom)
27
ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃŷƕƌƐƖŃŷŔŐŷŗ
7KLVWUDQVPLWWHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKGLJLWDOWULPV
(DFKWLPH\RXSUHVVDWULPEXWWRQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQ
PRYHVRQHVWHS,I\RXFRQWLQXHSUHVVLQJLWWKHWULP
SRVLWLRQ VWDUWV WR PRYH IDVWHU ,Q DGGLWLRQ ZKHQ
WKHWULPSRVLWLRQUHWXUQVWRWKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOO
change. You can always monitor trim positions by
referencing the LCD screen.
Before use
T4
T3
T2
*You can select the trim step amount and the display unit
on the home screen on the T1-T4 setting screen within the
linkage menu.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.
T1
'LJLWDOWULPRSHUDWLRQDOH[DPSOH
*Example Stick Mode2
◆When the airplane goes up while the
elevator stick is neutral.
◆When the airplane dives while the
elevator stick is neutral.
◆Elevator trim to up
◆Elevator trim to down
Elevator neutral
Elevator neutral
Down
Up
◆Adjust so that the airplane flies level.
28
ŦŲűűŨŦŷŲŵŒųůŸŪŃ
(DUSKRQHSOXJ
The telemetry data can be listened to by plugging
in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See the
WHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ
(DUSKRQH
plug
Trainer function
connector
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen.
6%86FRQQHFWRU 6,)
When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG
Earphone cable
Before use
S.BUS
FRQQHFWRU 6,)
7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU
:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH
optional trainer cable between the transmitters
for teacher and student.
Telemetry data is heard
Trainer cable
Trainer system
3-way hub or
2-way cord
S.BUS servo setting
29
ŶźŬŷŦūŃŤŶŶŬŪűŰŨűŷŃŷŤťůŨŃ
‡7KHIDFWRU\GHIDXOWIXQFWLRQVDFWLYDWHGE\WKHVZLWFKHVDQG95IRUDQ.WUDQVPLWWHUDUHVKRZQ
below.
‡0RVW.IXQFWLRQVPD\EHUHDVVLJQHGWRQRQGHIDXOWSRVLWLRQVTXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\
‡%DVLFFRQWURODVVLJQPHQWVRIFKDQQHOVDUHTXLFNO\DGMXVWDEOHLQ$8;&+
• Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.
AIRPLANE
Before use
Switch/VR
Switch A
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
VR
1AIL
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−
1AIL1FLP
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−
2AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−
−−−
ELEVON
−−−
CH6
CH5
−−−
−−−
2AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap
2AIL2FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap
GLIDER
Switch/VR
Switch A
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
VR
1AIL
−−−
CH6
−−−
−−−
CH5
1AIL1FLP
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
Flap
HELICOPTER
Switch/VR
Switch A
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
VR
HELICOPTER
−−−
CH5
IDLE-UP1/2
THR-HOLD
−−−
5 H P H P E H U W K D W L I \ R X
assign primary control of a
channel to a switch which you
later use for other functions
(like dual/triple rates or
DLUEUDNHV HYHU\WLPH\RXXVH
that other function you will
also be moving the auxiliary
channel.
Don't assign the function
LWLQÀXHQFHVHDFKRWKHUWRWKH
same switch.
30
2AIL
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−
−−−
2AIL
−−−
−−−
−−−
−−−
CH5
MULTI COPT
*When idle-up 1/2
and a throttle hold
were used.
Switch/VR
Switch A
Switch B
Switch C
Switch D
VR
MULTI COPT
−−−
−−−
−−−
CH5
−−−
ŵŨŦŨŬŹŨŵŃŤűŧŃŶŨŵŹŲŃŦŲűűŨŦŷŬŲűŶ
$LUFUDIW
1AIL
1Aileron
1AIL1FLP
1Aileron
１Flap
2AIL
2Aileron
2AIL1FLP
2Aileron
１Flap
ELEVON
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron1
Aileron
Elevon1
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevon2
3
Throttle
Throttle
Throttle
Throttle
Throttle
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
5
(AUX)
Flap
(AUX)
Flap
Flap
6
(AUX)
(AUX)
Aileron6
Aileron6
(AUX)
7
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
8
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
（WING TYPE）
1AIL
1AIL1FLP
Before use
CH
2AIL
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
2AIL1FLP
ELEVON
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
Elevon 1
(CH1)
Elevon 2
(CH2)
（TAIL TYPE）
NORMAL
Ｖ-TAIL
Rudder
(CH4)
Elevator
(CH2)
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH2)
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH4)
31
+HOLFRSWHU
6ZDVK7\SH
Before use
CH
HELICOPTER
1
Aileron (cyclic roll)
2
Elevator (cyclic pitch)
3
Throttle
4
Rudder (cyclic yaw)
5
Gyro
6
Pitch (collective pitch)
7
(AUX)
8
(AUX)
(Normal linkage type)
H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.
$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR
(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR
0XOWLFRSWHU
CH MULTI COPTER
1
Aileron
2
Elevator
3
Throttle
4
Rudder
5
(AUX)
Mode
6 for Multicopter
controller
32
7
(AUX)
8
(AUX)
Motor
ESC
Motor
ESC
[ Connection example ]
Receiver
CH1 ←
CH2 ←
CH3 ←
CH4 ←
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH6 ←
MODE （e.g, U-port）
When using an accessary (e.g,
shutter of a camera), use CH5.
Motor
ESC
AIL
ELE
THR
RUD
Multicopter
Battery
Controller
Motor
ESC
*OLGHU
1AIL
1Aileron
1AIL1FLP
1Aileron
１Flap
2AIL
2Aileron
2AIL1FLP
2Aileron
１Flap
2AIL2FLP
2Aileron
2Flap
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron1
Aileron1
Aileron1
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
3
Motor
Motor
Motor
Motor
Flap3
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
5
(AUX)
Flap
(AUX)
Flap
Flap5
6
(AUX)
(AUX)
Aileron6
Aileron6
Aileron6
7
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
8
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
(AUX)
Before use
CH
（WING TYPE）
1AIL
1AIL1FLP
2AIL
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
2AIL1FLP
2AIL2FLP
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Flap 5
(CH5)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap 3
(CH3)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
*2AIL2FLP type can't be used for a
motor glider.
（TAIL TYPE）
NORMAL
Ｖ-TAIL
Rudder
(CH4)
Elevator
(CH2)
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH2)
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH4)
33
ŤŧŭŸŶŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃůŨűŪŷūŃŲũŃŷūŨŃŦŲűŷŵŲůŃŶŷŬŦŮŶ
Stick tip A
Locking piece B
You may change the length of the control sticks to make
your transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To
OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN
the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick
WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[W PRYH WKH ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
XSRUGRZQ WROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ :KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOV
FRPIRUWDEOH ORFN WKH SRVLWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
counterclockwise.
ŶŷŬŦŮŃůŨŹŨŵŃŷŨűŶŬŲűŃŤŧŭŸŶŷŰŨűŷŃ
Before use
<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW
\RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYH WR UHPRYH WKH UHDU FDVH RI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\
FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VUHDU
FRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHR൵WKHWUDQVPLWWHU VUHDUFRYHU1RZ
\RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH
8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ
tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are
VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\
LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU
Four screws are
removed and rear
case is removed.
Elevator
Rudder
Aileron
Stick
Stick
Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.
+ screw is clockwise.
+ screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen
the screw past
the top of the
frame, as this
will cause the
screw to rub on
the back case.
Stick tension maximum
34
Stick tension minimum
*A screw touches a case.
źŤŵűŬűŪŃʼnŃŨŵŵŲŵŃŧŬŶųůŤżŶŃ
An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of
UHDVRQV LQFOXGLQJ ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
LOW BATTERY ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG&RQWLQXRXVEHHSXQWLOWUDQVPLWWHULVSRZHUHGR൵
The LOW BATTERYZDUQLQJLVGLVSOD\HGZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSVEHORZ9
/DQG\RXUPRGHODVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWURO
GXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\
The MIXING ALARM ZDUQLQJ LV GLVSOD\HG WR$/$50 \RX
whenever you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing
VZLWFKHVDFWLYH7KLVZDUQLQJZLOOGLVDSSHDUZKHQWKHR൵HQGLQJ
switch or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings
ZLOO EH LVVXHG DW SRZHUXS DUH OLVWHG EHORZ 7KURWWOH FXW LGOHGRZQ DLUEUDNH PRWRU 6:
ÀLJKW 0' WKURWWOHVWLFN DQG FRQGLWLRQ ,I WXUQLQJ D VZLWFK 2)) GRHV QRW VWRS WKH PL[LQJ
ZDUQLQJ 7KH IXQFWLRQV GHVFULEHG SUHYLRXVO\ SUREDEO\ XVH WKH VDPH VZLWFK DQG WKH 2))
GLUHFWLRQVHWWLQJLVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))
VWDWH,QWKLVFDVHUHVHWWKHZDUQLQJGLVSOD\E\SUHVVLQJERWK ＋ / − KEY at the same time.
1H[WFKDQJHRQHRIWKHVZLWFKVHWWLQJVRIWKHGXSOLFDWHGPL[LQJV
,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJ
Before use
MIXING ALARM WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved or
overridden.
BACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSV UHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\
The BACKUP ERRORZDUQLQJRFFXUVZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\LVORVWIRUDQ\UHDVRQ,IWKLV
RFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ
'R QRW À\ ZKHQ WKLV PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG: all programming
KDVEHHQHUDVHGDQGLVQRWDYDLODEOH5HWXUQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUWR
Futaba for service.
A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.
0,;PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJ
RIWKURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQDLUEUDNH
PRWRU6:ÀLJKW0'WKURWWOHVWLFN
DQGFRQGLWLRQ
7/0PDUNLVVKRZQDERXW
ZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<
35
ŃůŬűŮŃųŵŲŦŨŧŸŵŨŃŝŃŷŐũūŶŶŃŋŵŖœœřŶťŏŃŵŖœœŔŶťŏŃƈƗƆőŌ
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFH
WKHOLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVV
WKHUHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDOUHFHLYHUVWKLV
procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiver
close to each other within 20 inches(half
meter).
Less than 20 inches
Before use
2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup
screen shown below by pressing the Jog
key.
4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the
ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL]
menu.
5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link
mode.
6. A chime from the transmitter notifies the
operator that the transmitter has entered
the link mode.
“Beep beep beep”
(Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)
,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH
SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGL൶FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJ
a link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence.
+RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU
EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXUUHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR
the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do
QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH
strongly recommend you to double check whether your
receiver is really under control by your transmitter.
:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQ
communications begins.
:KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH
VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU +RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH
XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG
/LQNLVUHTXLUHGZKHQDQHZPRGHOLVPDGHIURPDPRGHO
selection.
WARNING
After the linking is done, please cycle receiver
power and check that the receiver to be linked
is really under the control of the transmitter.
Don't perform the linking procedure with motor's main wire connected or with the engine
operating as it may result in serious injury.
In "Link" Mode
Receiver ON
7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.
The receiver will enter the linking state
(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after the
receiver power is turned on.
36
8. If the receiver ID is displayed in the
transmitter and the LED changed from red
blinking to a steady green light, linking is
complete. (The receiver linking wait state
ends in about 3 seconds.)
9. Check system operation. If the transmitter
and receiver are not linked, try linking
again.
/LQN LV UHTXLUHG ZKHQ D QHZ
PRGHO LV PDGH IURP D PRGHO
VHOHFWLRQ
:KHQWHOHPHWU\FDQ WEHXVHGWU\
DUHOLQNRQFHDJDLQ
ŃůŬűŮŃųŵŲŦŨŧŸŵŨŃŝŃŶŐũūŶŶŃŋŵŕœœŔŶťŏŃƈƗƆőŌ
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFH
WKHOLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVV
WKHUHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDOUHFHLYHUVWKLV
procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiver
close to each other within 20 inches(half
meter).
Less than 20 inches
Before use
2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Turn on the receiver.
4. Press and hold the Link switch more than
two (2) seconds.
,I WKHUH DUH PDQ\ 6)+66 V\VWHPV WXUQHG RQ LQ
FORVH SUR[LPLW\ \RXU UHFHLYHU PLJKW QRW OLQN WR \RXU
WUDQVPLWWHU ,Q WKLV FDVH HYHQ LI WKH UHFHLYHU V /('
VWD\VVROLGJUHHQXQIRUWXQDWHO\WKHUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYH
established a link to one of the other transmitters. This
LVYHU\GDQJHURXVLI\RXGRQRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,Q
RUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZHVWURQJO\UHFRPPHQG\RX
to double check whether your receiver is really under
control by your transmitter by giving the stick input and
then checking the servo response.
Press and hold
When the link is complete, the LED in
the receiver changes to solid green.
When the ID cannot be read due to the
surrounding environment, try reading it
with the transmitter and receiver antennas
touched.
Solid green
37
ŵŖœœřŶťŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
%HIRUHXVLQJWKHUHFHLYHUEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJSDJHV
‫؟‬$LOHURQVHUYR
(Typical installation)
0RGH6ZLWFK
Use the small plastic screw
driver that was included with your
receiver.
Switch is also used for the CH
PRGHVHOHFWLRQ &+ ⇔ 6%86
‫(؟‬OHYDWRUVHUYR
‫؟‬7KURWWOHVHUYR HQJLQH
‫؟‬0RWRUFRQWUROOHU HOHFWULF
‫؟‬5XGGHUVHUYR
‫)؟‬ODSVHUYR
0RGHVZLWFK
Before use
/('
$QWHQQD
‫؟‬$LOHURQVHUYR‫ق‬$,/‫ك‬
6ZLWFK
56%
‫؟‬6%86VHUYR‫ق‬6HWRI&+‫ك‬
+8%
LED Indication
Red
Off
Solid
Solid
Off
Alternate blink
Status
No signal reception
‫؟‬6%86VHUYR‫ق‬6HWRI&+‫ك‬
7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU
+8%
Green
%DWWHU\
+8%
Receiving signals
7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU
7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU
Unrecoverable error (EEPROM, etc.)
DANGER
DANGER
Don't connect a connector, as shown in a before figure.
5HFHLYHU
,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UH
and burns.
Don't connect servo for conventional system
to S.BUS2 port.
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ
WARNING
6%86FRQQHFWRUV
Don't connect an S.BUS ser vo/gyro to
S.BUS2 connector.
38
Do not insert either a switch
or battery in this manner.
ŵŖœœřŶť ŦūŃŰŲŧŨ
7KH56%UHFHLYHULVDYHU\YHUVDWLOHXQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWVDQG6%86RXWSXWV$GGLWLRQDOO\WKH
6%RXWSXWVFDQEHFKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOV3:0FKDQQHOWR6%86
+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH
6%86 ⇔ &+
*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation mode is
¿[HG
6HHWKHEHORZWDEOHWKDWVKRZVFRUUHVSRQGHQFHEHWZHHQ&+
PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('
7KH56%LVFDSDEOHRIFKDQJLQJLWVFKDQQHODOORFDtions as described in the table below.
1 Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the
transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
becomes solid RED.
2 Press and hold the Mode switch more than 5
seconds.
'HIDXOW&+PRGHLV0RGH$ &+ 3 Release the button when the LED blinks RED
and GREEN simultaneously.
4 The receiver is now in the "Operation CH Set"
mode. At this moment, the LED indicates
FXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJD SDWWHUQ
that corresponds to the CH mode.
Before use
5 By pressing the Mode switch, the operation
CH is switched sequentially as " Mode A"
Mode B" "Mode A"....
6 The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode switch more than 2 seconds at the
desired CH mode.
7 Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG
8 After confirming the operation CH mode is
changed, turn off and back on the receiver
power.
7KH ³2SHUDWLRQ &+ 6HW´ PRGH FDQQRW EH FKDQJHG GXULQJ WKH
receiver communicates to the transmitter.
56%&+0RGHWDEOH
Mode A
Mode B
6/SB
6CH
S.BUS
Red LED blink
1 time
2 time
Default CH mode
PWM 6ch
WARNING
6%86FRQQHFWRUV
Don't connect servo for conventional system to S.BUS
port.
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ
,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDO
KHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ
S.BUS
39
ŵŕœœŔŶťŒŵŖœœŔŶťŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
Below is an example.
(Typical installation)
ũųŹ
56%
LED Indication
Green
Red
Off
Solid
Status
No signal reception
Solid
Off
Receiving signals
Blink
Off
Receiving signals but ID is unmatched
Before use
Alternate blink
Unrecoverable error (Memory, etc.)
(6&
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈ
3:0&+
6%86SRUW
Direction of the connectors
+8%
56%
56%
6%866%86VHUYR
(CH # is already memorized)
ũųŹ
+8%
Futaba Telemetry Sensor
56%
LED Indication
Green
Red
Off
Solid
Solid
Off
Alternate blink
40
Status
No signal reception
Receiving signals
Unrecoverable error (Memory, etc.)
Futaba Telemetry Sensor
+8%
Futaba Telemetry Sensor
ŵŖœœŔŶť ŦūŃŰŲŧŨ
7KH56%UHFHLYHULVDYHU\FRPSDFWXQLW,WKDV6%86RXWSXWVDQG6%86RXWSXWV$GGLWLRQDOO\
WKH6%86RXWSXWVFDQEHFKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOV6%86FKDQQHOWR3:0FKDQQHO
+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH
6%86 ⇔ &+
*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation mode is
¿[HG
6HHWKHEHORZWDEOHWKDWVKRZVFRUUHVSRQGHQFHEHWZHHQ&+
PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('
7KH56%LVFDSDEOHRIFKDQJLQJLWVFKDQQHODOORFDtions as described in the table below.
1 Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the
transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
becomes solid RED.
2 Press and hold the Mode switch more than 5
seconds.
'HIDXOW&+PRGHLV0RGH% 6%86 3 Release the button when the LED blinks RED
and GREEN simultaneously.
4 The receiver is now in the "Operation CH Set"
mode. At this moment, the LED indicates
FXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJD SDWWHUQ
that corresponds to the CH mode.
Before use
5 By pressing the Mode switch, the operation
CH is switched sequentially as " Mode B"
"Mode A" "Mode B"....
6 The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode switch more than 2 seconds at the
desired CH mode.
7 Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG
8 After confirming the operation CH mode is
changed, turn off and back on the receiver
power.
7KH ³2SHUDWLRQ &+ 6HW´ PRGH FDQQRW EH FKDQJHG GXULQJ WKH
receiver communicates to the transmitter.
56%&+0RGHWDEOH
Mode A
Mode B
3/S.BUS
3CH
S.BUS
Red LED blink
1 time
2 times
Default CH mode
PWM 3ch
WARNING
6%86FRQQHFWRUV
Don't connect servo for conventional system to S.BUS
port.
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ
,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDO
KHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ
S.BUS
41
ŵŨŦŨŬŹŨŵŊƖŃŤűŷŨűűŤŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
7KH 56% KDV WZR DQWHQQDV ,Q RUGHU WR PD[LPL]H VLJQDO UHFHSWLRQ DQG SURPRWH VDIH
PRGHOLQJ)XWDEDKDVDGRSWHGDGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQDV\VWHP7KLVDOORZVWKHUHFHLYHUWRREWDLQ5)
VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.
Antenna
Coaxial cable
Before use
7RREWDLQWKHEHVWUHVXOWVRIWKHGLYHUVLW\IXQFWLRQ
please refer to the following instructions:
1. The two antennas must be kept as straight
as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the
effective range.
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90
degrees to each other.
Antenna
This is not a critical figure, but the most
important thing is to keep the antennas
away from each other as much as possible.
Larger models can have large metal
objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In
this case the antennas should be placed
at both sides of the model. Then the best
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away from
conductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank by at least a half
inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.
Antenna
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDWGHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU
7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
VKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ
PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH
42
ŰŲŸűŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃŶŨŵŹŲŃ
Wood screw
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
2.3-2.6mm nut
washer
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Servo mount
Servo mount
(Airplane/Glider)
2.3-2.6mm screw
(Helicopter)
ƚƋƈƑŃƜƒƘŃƌƑƖƗƄƏƏŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃ
ƄƑƇŃƖƈƕƙƒƖ
WARNING
&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV
Be sure to insert the connector until it stops
at the deepest point.
+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURP
YLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU
Wrap the receiver with something soft such
as foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there is
a chance of getting wet, put the receiver in
a waterproof bag or balloon to avoid water.
5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQD
Before use
6HUYROHDGZLUHV
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
SRLQWV3HULRGLFDOO\FKHFNWKHFDEOHGXULQJGDLO\
maintenance.
ŶŤũŨŷżŃųŵŨŦŤŸŷŬŲűŶŃ
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not
bind the receiver's antenna with the cables
for servos.
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as possible from metals or carbon fiber components such as frames, cables, etc.
Slack in the lead wire.
Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet so
that the lead wire is neat.
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will
UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH
and may cause a crash.
Install in a way that makes sure that the 2
antennas won’t touch the ground.
ŰŲŸűŷŬűŪŃŷūŨŃųŲźŨŵŃ
ŶźŬŷŦūŃ
:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
WKHVZLWFK212))ZLWKRXWELQGLQJ
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPX൷HU
6HUYRWKURZ
Adjust your system so that pushrods will not
bind or sag when operating the servos to
the full extent.
,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRD
VHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH
on the gear train and/or power consumption
causing rapid battery drain.
0RXQWLQJVHUYRV
Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as rubber grommet) under a servo when mounting
the servo on a servo mount. And be sure
that the servo cases do not touch directly to
the metal parts such as servo mount.
,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\
vibration will travel to and possibly damage the
servo.
43
ŵŤűŪŨŃŦūŨŦŮŃŷūŨŃŵŤŧŬŲ
$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR
DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKW EXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVW
ÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\ $UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR
EHFHUWDLQWKHV\VWHPKDVDGHTXDWHRSHUDWLRQDOUDQJH
:HKDYHLQVWDOOHGDVSHFLDO³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LQWKH7.LQRUGHUWRSHUIRUPDQRSHUDWLRQDO
JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO
UDQJHRIWKH7.
7RDFWLYDWHWKHSRZHUGRZQPRGHDQGSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFN
Before use
7R DFWLYDWH WKH ³3RZHU 'RZQ 0RGH´ SOHDVH KROG
down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch
RQ$ SRZHU PRGH VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 3UHVV WKH JOG
KEY WR VHOHFW WKH 3RZHU 'RZQ IXQFWLRQ :KHQ WKLV
PRGH LV DFWLYH WKH EOLQN RQ WKH /(' OLJKWLQJ IURP RI
the transmitter will provide users with an audible and
YLVXDO LQGLFDWLRQ WKDW WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV LQ WKH ³3RZHU
'RZQ 0RGH´$XGLEO\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH
WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO
GLVSOD\³32:(5'2:102'(´7KHZRUGV³32:(5
'2:1 02'(´ ZLOO EOLQN DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO UHPLQGHU
WKDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVLQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´
Select the "OFF" and
press the Jog key.
A screen opens without
outputting power. The
receiver does not operate.
Select the "ON" and
press the Jog key.
Power is usually outputted from power mode.
:LWKWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV
+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX
should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.
,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQ WR WKH PRGHO 3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set the
transmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle
VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHO
and the engine running at various speeds.
,I WKH VHUYRV MLWWHU RU PRYH LQDGYHUWHQWO\ WKHUH PD\ EH D SUREOHP 'R 127 À\ WKH DLUFUDIW /RRN IRU ORRVH VHUYR
connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.
1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LVDFWLYH
6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRISRZHUGRZQPRGH
'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYR LWPRYHVWR
ULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\ $6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX
JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.
&+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.
7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ
,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH
,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125
DANGER
NEVER start flying when the “Power Down
Mode” is active.
*Control is impossible and your model crashes.
44
ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŬűŶŷŤůůŤŷŬŲű
This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as
SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWK PRGHOV WKDW XVH D ODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH ZLQJV FDQ EH
TXLFNO\ LQVWDOOHG WR WKH IXVHODJH ZLWKRXW DQ\ H[WUDQHRXV ZLULQJ E\ WKH XVH RI RQO\ RQH VLPSOH
ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7.
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS
Glider usage example
Receiver: R3006SB
Servo: S3173SVi×7 (Optional)
HUB×1 (Optional)
i-i Connector (Optional)
i Connector (Optional)
* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection
of SVi servo to SVi servo.
Before use
i-i Connector (Optional)
* i Connector makes S.BUS
connection of SVi servo to receiver.
i-i Connector (Optional)
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )
S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example
Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )
Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R3006SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )
HUB×3 ( Optional )
Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )
Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )
45
ŶőťŸŶŃźŬŵŬűŪŃŨŻŤŰųůŨ
5HFHLYHU
%DWWHU\
Before use
6%
3RUW
&+02'(
6ZLWFK
+8%
02'(‫ ڷ‬6%86
+8%
+8%
●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is
memorized by the S.BUS itself,
any connector can be used.
+8%
6%866HUYR
WARNING
Optional Parts
3RZHUVXSSO\
Please make sure that you use a
battery that can deliver enough
capacity for the number and kind
of servos used. Alkaline batteries
cannot be used.
46
Four connectors can be inserted
Optional Parts
Optional Parts
HUB
●4-Terminal box
Three connectors
can be inserted.
●6-Terminal box
(TB16PP)
Six connectors can be inserted
ŶőťŸŶŕŃŶżŶŷŨŰ
:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG
6%867$%/(
Receiver port
S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro
S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro
Telemetry sensor
S.BUS
○
○
×
S.BUS2
× （※）
○
○
6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH
FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH
\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH
Before use
（※）'RQ WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.
&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%
+8%
+8%
6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
+8%
+8%
7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU
6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
6%86
*<52
ٔ
5XGGHU6HUYR
47
ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŧŨŹŬŦŨŃŶŨŷŷŬűŪ
6%866%86 VHUYRV RU D WHOHPHWU\ VHQVRU FDQ EH FRQQHFWHG GLUHFWO\ WR WKH7. &KDQQHO
setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.
%DFNRI7.
Before use
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
48
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
1. Turn on the transmitter power.
2. Call the setup screen.
MENU → S.BUS
3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you
want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
4. Perform setting in accordance with each
screen.
5. This sets the channel and other data for each
S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be used
with the S.BUS device or receiver.
ŷŨůŨŰŨŷŵżŃŶżŶŷŨŰ
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU IHDWXUHV ELGLUHFWLRQDO FRPPXQLFDWLRQ ZLWK D 7)+66$LU )XWDED
transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry
VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXWSRUWV
*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode.
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 7KH7.ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR
:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+
●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)
7.
Info
Signal
Battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
6ZLWFK
+8%
Info
6%86
3RUW 6%%
+8%
+8%
7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU
Slot 1
530
6HQVRU
Slot 2
$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU
Slot 3-5
&XUUHQW
6HQVRU
Slot 24-26
9ROWDJH
6HQVRU
Slot 6-7
Before use
Your aircraft's data can be checked in the
transmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the
receiver.
●Slot Number
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot
number of the T6K is preset at each sensor, the
sensors can be used as is by connecting them.
There are 1-31 slots.
ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃƌƑŃƗƋƈŃƖƎƜ
‫ٴ‬ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŹƒƏƗƄƊƈ
‫ٴ‬ŤƏƗƌƗƘƇƈ
‫ٴ‬ŨƑƊƌƑƈŃŷƈƐƓƈƕƄƗƘƕƈ
‫ٴ‬ųƕƒƓƈƏƏƈƕŃŵőŵőŰ
‫ٴ‬ťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃŦƘƕƕƈƑƗ
‫ٴ‬ťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃŹƒƏƗƄƊƈ
ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕ
ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕ
ŧƌƖƓƏƄƜƈƇŃƄƗŃƗƋƈŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕ
49
Common function
The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common to
airplane, helicopter, glider, and multicopter model types are shown here.
● First set the throttle
to low.
● Then turn on the
power.
● W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns to the home screen.
END
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
（Home screen）
＋
Common function
（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.
MENU
MENU
1/4
（Selection）
MENU
2/4
● Move the cursor (highlighted) up and down and
to the left and right with
the Jog key and select the
function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.
（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
3/4
50
● Press the Jog key to open the
setting screen.
key ／ LCD
●＋ key
●− key
●Jog key
●END key
■ Function
◆ MENU 2/3
◆ MENU 3/3
MDL SEL
P.52
PRMTR
P.65
TIMER
P.97
MDL TYP
P.55
P.MIX
P.70
TRAINR
P.100
MDL NAM
P.57
AUX CH
P.73
F/S
P.59
SERVO
P.74
Ｅ POINT
P.61
TLMTRY
P.75
TRIM
P.62
SENSOR
P.91
SUB TRM
P.63
S.BUS
P.93
REVERS
P.64
Ｍ TRANS
P.96
Common function
◆ MENU 1/3
51
MDL SEL
Model select（Select ／ RX type ／ Link ／ Reset ／ Copy）
(Common)
Function
This function is used when calling and copying
model data stored in the transmitter. The selected
model data can also be reset. System changes
(T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver type
and linking with the receiver are also done here.
Model select（SELE）
The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used when
calling saved model data.
Receiver selection（RX）
The R3006SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to use
an S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the
S-FHSS system.
Link（LINK）
When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of the
currently linked receiver is displayed.
Data reset（RES）
Common function
The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset other
than the following of a parameter.
[ The function reset in a parameter : TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]
Model copy（COPY）
This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup
or build a number of models with the same data settings.
● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "MDL SEL"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Model select
RX system
（Model number：1-30）
● Original data : Model type
Model name
● System（T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)
Link
Reset
● Select the setting
item with the Jog
key.
52
● Link receiver ID
If telemetry is used, the
receiver ID is needed.
Model select
① Select the SELE item and then select the model number by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
③ Select the model by pressing the
Jog key.
（1 second）
−
or
Selection range：1-30
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds to show that
selection is complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
RX type
① Select the RX item and then select
T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
② RX type change by pressing the
Jog key.
or
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：
T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
Common function
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
−
Link
① Select the LINK item and then press the Jog
key for 1 second.
（1 second）
● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the link
mode. Use the receiver link button to link the
receiver.
② Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds. During this time, bring the receiver near the transmitter and turn on the receiver power. When
linking, the receiver ID is displayed.
● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep"
sounds and the time remaining is
displayed on the screen. When 20 seconds
have elapsed, a continuous beep sounds
and the link mode is exited.
For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking is
complete, turn the power off and on and check operation.
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.
53
Date reset
① Select the RES item and then press the Jog key
for 1 second.
② Date reset by pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks.
● A confirmation "beep" sounds and
"Complete" is displayed on the screen is
complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message
is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
CAUTION
Throttle Reverse
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the
Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not
suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.
Common function
Model copy
① Select the COPY item and the select
the model number of the copy destination by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
（1 second）
−
or
Selection range：1-30
③ Copy the model by pressing the
Jog key.
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
● A confirmation "beep"
s o u n d s a n d "Complete"
is displayed on the screen
to show that copying is
complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
MDL SEL PAGE 2
● Original data : Model type
Model name
● Copy place : Model type Model
name
54
MDL TYP Model type
(Common)
Note: The Model Type function automatically
selects the appropriate output channels,
control functions, and mixing functions for the
chosen model type.
When the Model Type selection command
is accessed, all of the data in the active
memory is cleared (except the following
swash type.) Be sure that you don’t mind
losing this data, or back it up to another
memory using the copying functions.
Function
Six swash types are available for helicopters.
Five types of main wings and two types of tail
wings are available for airplanes and gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for each
model type are set in advance at the factory.
（WING TYPE: GLIDER）
1AIL
1AIL1FLP
2AIL
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
2AIL1FLP
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap 5
(CH5)
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
2AIL2FLP
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap 3
(CH3)
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
*2AIL2FLP type can't be used for a
motor glider.
1AIL
1AIL1FLP
2AIL
2AIL1FLP
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Elevon 1
(CH1)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
Aileron１Servo
(CH1)
（TAIL TYPE）
Rudder
(CH4)
ELEVON
Flap１Servo
(CH5)
NORMAL
Elevator
(CH2)
Elevon 2
(CH2)
Common function
（WING TYPE: AIRPLANE）
Ｖ-TAIL
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH2)
Elevator
+Rudder
(CH4)
(SWSH TYPE: HELICOPTER)
(Normal linkage type)
H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.
$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR
(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR
55
Model type
① Select the "TYPE" item and
then select the model type by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
③ Model type change by pressing
the Jog key.
（1 second）
−
or
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
● The new model type is
displayed on the screen.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see new model type on your screen, your changed are not saved.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：
AIRPLANE, HELICOPTER, GLIDER,
MULTI COPT
Wing type（for Airplane/Glider）
① Select the "WING" item and
then select the swash type by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e
"sure?" blinks.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled
after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made
when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：1AIL, 1AIL1FLP,
2AIL, 2AIL1FLP, ELEVON(Airplane),
2AIL2FLP(Glider)
Tail type（for Airplane/Glider）
① Select the "TAIL" item and then
select the swash type by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.
（1 second）
−
● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e
"sure?" blinks.
or
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled
after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made
when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：NORMAL,
V-TAIL
Swash type（for Heli）
① Select the "SWSH" item and
then select the swash type by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
② Press the Jog key for 1 second.
（1 second）
● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e
"sure?" blinks.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key
and see new swash type on your screen, your changed are not saved.
56
③ Swash type change by pressing
the Jog key.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：H-1, HR3,
H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2
MDL NAM Model name ／ User name
(Common)
Function
A model name is inputted into each model in T6K.
User name is inputted into T6K.
Model name setting（MDL NAME）
This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of the
home screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or other
name is entered.
● Up to 8 characters can be set.
User name setting（USR NAME）
The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba
logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set
user name is displayed on the home screen.
● Up to 8 characters can be set.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "MDL NAM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
Calling the setting screen
（Reset）
Model name
（Candidate characters）
● Characters that can be entered ;
Numeric/upper case alphabet/
lower case alphabet
User name
Model name
① Move the cursor to the model name
digit you want to change by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
② Move the cursor to the candidate character you want
to change with the Jog key.
③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.
−
or
Set the model name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method：When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or ‒ key and the
Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model name
returns to its initial setting.
57
User name
① Move the cursor to the user name
digit you want to change by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
② Move the cursor to the candidate character you want
to change with the Jog key.
③ Change the character by pressing
the Jog key.
−
Set the user name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog
key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns
to its initial setting.
Displaying the user name on the home screen
The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is
displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name
is displayed.
Common function
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
② Select "U-NAME" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
③ End setting by pressing the
END key.
（1 second）
Parameter
① Select "HOME-DSP" from the parameter 2 page with the Jog key.
＋
58
−
END
Fail safe
F/S
(Common)
Function
When normal radiowaves cannot be received due
WRQRLVHDQGLQWHUIHUHQFHWKH125PRGHZKLFK
holds the servo of each channel in its position
immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (Fail
Safe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel
to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS
Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can be
set.
ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO ZDV UHYHUVHG E\ VHUYR
UHYHUVHIXQFWLRQWKH)6GDWDLVDOVRUHYHUVHG
ŏ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\ YROWDJH GURSV EHORZ WKH
VHW YDOXH ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH PRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG
WKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRD
SUHVHWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9
Method
ŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\
IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ E\ WKH IROORZLQJ PHWKRG DQG
LPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
Reset method： The b attery fail s afe fu nction c a n be
temporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest
side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will
return to the battery fail safe state.
WARNING
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHU WR VHW WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ
so that the servo moves to the maximum slow side for
airplanes and to the slow side from the hovering position for
helicopters.Crashing of the model at full high when normal
radio waves cannot be received due to interference, etc., is
very dangerous.
Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "F/S"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
Calling the setting screen
F/S Position
Mode select
Battery-F/S : ON/OFF
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Fail safe
■ Mode selection
① Select the mode by
pressing the + key or
‒ key at the MODE
item of each channel.
＋
−
or
（Range）
NOR, F/S
（When F/S mode was selected）
■ F/S position
■ When using the B-F/S mode
② In the mode selected state, set the F/
S position by holding the stick of that
channel in the position you want to set
and press the Jog key for 1 second.
① Select ACT by pressing the + key or
‒ key at the B-F/S item.
● A confirmation beeping sounds to
show that the servo position was
set.
＋
−
or
（Range ／ Default）
INH, ACT ／ INH
59
Battery fail safe voltage setting
① Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGE
on page 3 of the fail safe screen
with the Jog key.
② Set the voltage by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
（Set up range）
3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V
5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V
6.8V 7.1V 7.4V
Common function
60
③ End setting by pressing the
END key.
END
E POINT End point
(Common)
Function
The End Point function adjusts the
left and right servo throws, generates
differential throws, and will correct
improper linkage settings.
0〜
140%
0〜
140%
Servo throw
At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40°
for channels 1 to 4 and about 55°for channels 5-8.
However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5-8 is about
110%.
*When channels 5 to 6 were mixed by 2 AIL etc., the throw
becomes the same (about 40°) as channels 1 to 4.
ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
LQGLYLGXDOO\ DW WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW
VLGHV
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "E POINT"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
● The setting rate of
each channel
Select the Left/Right (Down/Up)
with the stick (SW, VR).
（Left ／ Down） （Right ／ Up）
rate display
rate display
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（GYRO）
6: PIT（Pitch）
7: AUX
8: AUX
Common function
● Select the channel with
the Jog key.
GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）
7: AUX
8: AUX
End point
① A channel is chosen by Jog key.
Selection range：CH1-8
② Operate the stick or VR of the selected
channel fully to the left (down) or right (up)
and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋
or
−
Range：
0-140%
Default：100%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step ① .
61
TRIM
Trim reset ／ Trim step
Function
Trim Step
The amount of trim change per step can be
changed between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft
capacity and trim application.
Set it to match the application. With ordinary
(Common)
aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
Trim Type
The amount of trim change trim type can be
FKDQJHG EHWZHHQ 125 QRUPDO $7/ DQG &17
(center) according to the trim application.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select
"TRIM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
TRIM (Besides THR) NOR ⇔ CNT
CNT : With the center trim feature,
trim adjustments have no effect on the maximum servo
travel. This prevents the linkages from binding when adjustments are made.
Trim step
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
（Trim step rate）
● For example, when the step size is the initial value (4), trim movement from
center to end is 30 steps. If the step size is made 40, the trim moves 3 steps.
THR TRIM ATL ⇔ NOR
ATL : With the ATL trim feature,
trim adjustments have no effect on the high throttle. This
prevents the linkages from
binding when adjustments
are made.
Trim step
① Select the trim you want to set from the STEP item
and set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
Range：1-40
Default：4
● When you want to return the
set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
or
Trim type
① Select the trim you want to set from the TYPE item
and set the trim type by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
62
Range：NOR,
CNT(Besides THR),
ATL (THR)
SUB TRM Sub trim
(Common)
Function
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.
Setting precautions
If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range
may be exceeded at maximum control surface
angle and generate a dead band in which the servo
does not operate. First connect the linkage so that
the amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "SUB TRM"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
● SUB trim rate of each channel.
Common function
● Select the channel with the
Jog key.
SUB trim rate of the selected channel.
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（GYRO）
6: PIT（Pitch）
7: AUX
8: AUX
GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）
7: AUX
8: AUX
Sub trim
① Select the SUB trim you want to set from
channel item and set the rate by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Range：
-120 to +120%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
63
REVERS Servo reverse
Function
6HUYR UHYHUVLQJ 5(9(56( FKDQJHV WKH
direction an individual servo responds to a
&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ
CAUTION
(Common)
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the
VHFWLRQ RQ 6:$6+$)5 EHIRUH UHYHUVLQJ DQ\
servos.
With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always
complete your servo reversing prior to any other
programming.
:KHQXVLQJ$,53/$1(*/,'(5IXQFWLRQVWKDW
FRQWUROPXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV$,/RU97$,/LW
may be confusing to determine whether the servo
needs to be reversed or a setting in the function
QHHGVWREHUHYHUVHG5HIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVIRU
each specialized function for further details.
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low
directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.
Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.
Method
Calling the setting screen
Common function
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "REVERS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel
will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.
● The currently selected channel
is highlighted.
Channel select
● Display Reverse/Normal
REV：Reverse
NOR：Normal
● Select the channel with
the Jog key.
（Channel number）
Servo Reverse
① Channel is Select by Jog
key.
Selection range：
CH1-8
② NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key.
● The confirmation message "sure?"
blinks on the screen. (Not displayed
if the same as before.)
③ Reverse the servo by pressing the
Jog key.
● A c on f i r m at i on b e e p i ng
sounds and the direction of
operation is reversed.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
64
Parameter function
(Common)
3$5$0(7(5VXEPHQXVHWVWKRVHSDUDPHWHUV
you would likely set once, and then not disturb
again.
Once you have selected the correct model you
wish to work with, the next step is setting up the
SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHO
PRMTR
Function
LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Contrast adjustment LCD screen.
● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 to +10
Back light（BACK-LIT）
Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.
● ON/KEY-ON (Shines for a definite period of time after key operation.)/OFF
Light time（LIT-TIME）
Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on.
● Set up range 1-30
Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Light volume adjustment of a back light.
● Set up range 1-30
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.
● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DR
● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V Ni
● FT2F2100BV2 (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V Fe
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Battery alarm is told with vibration.
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
Common function
Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed.
● Set up range : OFF,1(low)-100(high)
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Item selection displayed on a home screen
● Futaba logo (Default), TIMER, U-NAME, RX BAT (Case of T-FHSS Air mode.)
Telemetry mode setting（TLM MODE）
Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.
● Range：ACT/INH
Telemetry display units setting（UNIT）
Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.
● Range：METER/YARD（℃ / ℉）
Speech language setting（SPEECH）
Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：Japanese ( ニホンゴ J ), English ( Englis )
Speech volume setting（VOLUME）
Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：LOW/HIGH
Stick position alarm setting（STK ALRM）
Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.
65
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
CONTRAST
page 1
BACK-LIT
LIT-TIME
LIT-ADJS
● Next page 2-4
Common function
Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Telemetry mode（TLM MODE）
Telemetry unit（UNIT）
Speech language（SPEECH）
Speech volume（VOLUME）
Stick position alarm（STK ALRM）
page 2
page 3
page 4
LCD contrast
① Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numerical
value (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
66
Selection range：-10 to +10
Default：0
Back-light ／ Light-time ／ Light-adjustment
■ Back-light mode
■ Light-time
Select the "BACK-LIT" item and
change the mode by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
−
■ Light-adjustment
Select the "LIT-TIME" item and
change numerical value (time) by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
Select the "LIT-ADJS" item and
change numerical value (brightness) by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
or
or
● "ON"：always ON
"OFF"：always OFF
"KEY-ON"：It light on after
Key operation.
● It is only a case in "KEY-ON"
mode here.
−
or
Selection range：
ON, OFF, KEY-ON
● It is the brightest at 30.
Selection range：1-30(s)
Default：10(s)
Selection range：1-30
Default：15
● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
Battery alarm voltage
＋
−
or
*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery
and a dry cell battery is different. When
using a rechargeable battery, always
change the voltage.
Selection range：
4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V
6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V
● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DR
● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V Ni
*The flight should be stopped and charged
before 0.2 V before the alarm is activated.
● Futaba FT2F2100BV2 ⇒ 5.8V Fe
Common function
① Select the "BATT ALM" item and change the numerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
Battery alarm voltage vibration
① Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or
OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Selection range：
ON, OFF
● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told with
vibration.
Buzzer tone
① Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change the numerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
The higher the numerical value the higher the tone.
＋
or
−
Selection range：
OFF, 1-100
● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
67
Home display
① Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the mode
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
Selection range：
Futaba, TIMER, U-NAME,
RX BATT
−
● "Futaba"：Display about a Futaba logo.
"TIMER"：Display about the timer.
"U-NAME"：Display about a user name.
"RX BAT"：Display about the receiver battery
voltage. (Only T-FHSS Air mode)
Default：Futaba
Jog key UP/DOWN
Home
The Futaba logo flashes
Futaba
TIMER
Common function
U-NAME
RX BATT
Telemetry mode
① Select the "TLM MODE" item and change the mode
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
Selection range：
ACT, INH
or
Telemetry unit
① Select the "UNIT" item and change the mode by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Selection range：
METER, YARD
Speech language
① Select the "SPEECH" item and change the language
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
68
Selection range：
Japanese, English
＋
Speech volume
① Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change the
volume by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
Selection range：
HIGH, LOW
−
or
Stick position alarm
An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the specified throttle stick position.
● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.
Beep sounds
Press the Jog key to the side and select page 4.
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
（STK POSI ALRM ）
●
ParameterVHWWLQJLV
QRWUHVHW+RZHYHU
STK POSI ALRM,DQG
WKHTelemetry mode
RQ ZKLFK (M) ZDV
GLVSOD\HGDUHUHVHW
WDEOH
Common function
Select "Parameter"
When the THR stick
is set to the
specified position.
● When INH is selected, the
function cannot be
used. When ON or OFF
is selected, the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position
●The number in parenthesis
is the current throttle stick
position.
① Stick position is chosen by Jog
key.
② Set the throttle stick to the position at which you want to
generate the alarm.
③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds at that
position.
Memorize the position at
which the beep is to sound.
THR Stick
69
P.MIX
Program mixing
(Common)
Function
Mixing that can independently customize 4
functions can be used. Programmable mixing is
used to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and
PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR PL[LQJ
between arbitrary channels, trim addition, offset,
and switch setting functions.
P.MIX 1-3 (normal type)
The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 3:
【Mixing Channel】
● Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is a
temporary combination.
● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing
rate is set, slave servo operation is offset by that amount.
● A VR as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.
【Trim selection】
● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.
Common function
【Mixing reference point change】
● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.
【Switch selection】
● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to
D and the throttle stick.
● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up/down can be set, and
when a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down/up/and center/center/center and down/down can be
selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set. When
"NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.
P. MIX 4（curve type）
Programmable mix 4 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.
OFS and VR use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described above are
impossible, but switch selection is possible.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
70
（1 second）
② Select "P.MIX"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
P.MIX Selection
（P.MIX 1-3）
■ Calling the setting screen
① Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX
number you want to use.
② Call the setting screen by pressing the Jog key.
to P.MIX 1-3
set up screen
● P.MIX 1-3（normal type）
● P.MIX 4（curve type）
to P.MIX 4
set up screen
（P.MIX1-3 set up screen）
Function activation
Mixing rate adjustment
● When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
Offset
Master CH selection
Slave CH selection
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
（Master CH Current position）
Trim ON/OFF
Switch selection
Switch direction
■ Function activation
■ Master/Slave channel selection
① Select the MIX item and select ON
or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
② Select the MASTR channel you want
to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not want to use
the function select INH.
−
or
③ Select the Slave channel you want to
us by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
● A VR as well as channels 1 to 6, can be specified as the
master channel. In addition, when OFS was selected as the
master channel, slave servo operation is offset.
■ Mixing rate adjustment
④ Select the RATE item and adjust the
mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key for each direction of the stick, etc.,
selected at the master channel.
＋
＋
−
or
Common function
P.MIX1-3
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
（Changing the ON/OFF Switch）
■ ON/OFF Switch selection
■ Switch ON direction setting
① Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
② Select the "POSI" item and select the switch
ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
Selection range：SwA-SwD
THR
＋
−
or
● 2P SW：NULL
（always ON）
, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL（always ON）,UP, UP&DN, UP&CT, CENTR, CT&DN,
DOWN
● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point
and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog
（1 second）
key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1
second when the position was set, it returns to
the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also
be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
71
（Changing the mixing reference point）
（Including trim operation）
■ Mixing reference point setting
■ Trim ON/OFF setting
① Select the "OFFST" item and hold
the master side stick or VR in the
position you want to set and set
the new reference point by pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
① Select the "TRM" item and
select ON or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：OFF, ON
Range：-100 to +100%
（THR only 0-100%）
Default：0%
Default：OFF
● When you do not want to include trim in
mixing select OFF.
CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.
（P.MIX4 set up screen）
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
Common function
5Point curve
setting
Function activation
Master CH select
Slave CH select
Switch selection
Switch ON direction
● The set curve is displayed on a
graph.
● When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
P.MIX4
Refer to the P.MIX1-3 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting described below.
■ 5point curve setting
① Select the setting item (P-1 to P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of
movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：0%
CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.
72
＋
−
or
AUX CH
AUX Channel
(Common)
Function
$X[LOLDU\FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQ $8;&+ GHILQHV
the relationship between the transmitter controls
and the receiver output for channels 5-8.
5HPHPEHUWKDWLI\RXDVVLJQSULPDU\FRQWURORI
a channel to a switch which you later use for other
functions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every
time you use that other function you will also be
moving the auxiliary channel.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "AUX CH"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
AUX Channel
① A channel is chosen by Jog key.
② Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
Selection range：CH5-8
−
or
Selection range：NUL, SwA-SwD, VR
73
Servo monitor ／ Servo test
SERVO
Function
The servo display/servo test function displays the
CH1 to CH8 servo output bar graph and tests servo
operation.
(Common)
$YDULDEOHVSHHG/15 OLQHDU PRGHRUÀ[HGVSHHG
-03 MXPS PRGH FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KLV FDQ EH
XVHGWRFKHFNWKHVHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))
FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
CAUTION
ŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOH
RSHUDWLRQ FKHFN RI VXFK IXQFWLRQV DV WKH PL[LQJ
IXQFWLRQ
ŏ:KHQ WKH VHUYR WHVW IXQFWLRQ LV WXUQHG RQ WKH
VHUYRPRYHVWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDWWKHVHWSHULRG
Using the servo test will move the servos to
their full throw. Do not use this with linkages
installed. Using it may damage the servo
and linkage.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "SERVO"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
Switching to the servo test
screen
(Servo Monitor）
● Switch the screen by selecting
TEST and operating the jog
key to the left and right.
● The servo operating position
of each channel is displayed
on a bar graph.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Screen change
● Where "GRPH" is chosen, a
Jog key is pressed in right or
left.
(Servo Test）
Servo test ON/OFF
Type Select
Cycle Select
Speed setting
Channel Select
● Operation of a servo test
Servo test
■ Type/cycle/speed setting
■ Channel selection
■ Servo test start/stop
① Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL,
SPD) with the Jog key and set the item
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
② Select the channel you want to
test with the Jog key and select
ACT/INH by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
③ Select the "TEST" item
with the Jog key and
start/stop the servo test
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
＋
−
or
（Range ／ Default）
TYPE：LNR, JMP ／ LNR
CYCL：1-100 ／ 10（full speed at 1）
SPD：1-100 ／ 7（full speed at 100）
74
＋
−
or
Selection range：ACT, INH
Default：INH
（only CH1 is ACT）
Selection range：ON, OFF
Default：OFF
TLMTRY Telemetry
(Common)
Function
This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can be
generated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housed
in the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.
● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.
● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)
● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.
Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is
listened to, the voltage appears.
P.75
Viewing the drive battery
voltage.
R3008SB, CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are
necessary.
P.79
Using various optional
telemetry sensors.
Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T6K
setting is unnecessary.
P.83
Setting alarms from the
telemetry information.
Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.
HOME
→
−
（1 second） →
SERVO monitor
→
−
→
P.84-90
TELEMETRY display
END key pressed return to HOME.
Common function
Viewing the receiver voltage.
RX-BATT
● Viewing the receiver voltage.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.
Display
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
② Select "TLMTRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋
Receiver voltage display
● How to display receiver voltage
on a home screen.
PARAMETER
HOME-DSP
"RX BATT" is chosen by ＋ key or − key.
75
● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in the
transmitter. (Value until reset)
Display
Calling the setting screen
① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
Receiver voltage display
Receiver voltage MIN
Receiver voltage MAX
Common function
MIN/MAX reset
① Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT
screen with the Jog key.
② Date reset by pressing the
Jog key for 1 second.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds when complete.
ŏ5HFHLYHU →7UDQVPLWWHU
7KHUHFHSWLRQRIWKHVLJ
QDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR
WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVVKRZQ
7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW
WARNING
Do not stare at or set the transmitter setting screen while flying.
■ Losing sight of the aircraft during flight is very dangerous.
■ When you want to check the information during flight, call the telemetry screen before flight
and have the screen checked by someone other than the operator.
76
● Setting receiver voltage alarm.
Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB
(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
Common function
DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated when
the voltage drops below
the set voltage.
Alarm set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.
② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Vibration set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.
② Select the "TYP1-TYP3" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
"VIB" types
TYP 1
＋
or
−
TYP 2
TYP 3
Alarm voltage set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with
the Jog key.
② Select the voltage by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
3.5V-8.4V
＋
or
−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
77
● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.
The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5 φ
plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry
screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
Common function
Selects the switch
that turns the speech
function on and off.
Speech
ACT/INH
Speech
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.
② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Switch
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select
(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.
② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
Selection range：
NULL, SWA-SWD
−
OFF
In "NULL", a speech always turns on.
OFF
ON
2 Position
78
OFF
ON
3 Position
EXT-VOLT
When connected as shown in the figure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and another
power supply battery can be displayed at the T6K.
● R3008SB Receiver, CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input cable sold separately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.
([WUD9ROWDJH
3RUW
56% (Sold separately)
)XVH
%ODFNOLQH
5HGOLQH
&$59,1
ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU
LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9
%UDQFK
● EXT-Voltage display
When connected as shown in the figure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.
Method
Calling the SENSOR screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
Common function
3RZHU%DWWHU\RU
DQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
IRUVHUYRV
7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU
RU6HUYR
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
EXT start
① In the SENSOR screen state, select
"EXT ▶ OFF " from the menu with
the Jog key.
② Select the "R3008SB" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
SENSOR Screen
−
or
79
Display
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "TELEMETRY"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
EXT-Voltage display
● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX
In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter.
(Value until reset)
Common function
Calling the setting screen
① Select "EXT-VOLT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
EXT-Voltage display
EXT-Voltage MAX
EXT-Voltage MIN
MIN/MAX reset
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the
Jog key.
② Date reset by pressing the
Jog key for 1 second.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
80
● EXT-Voltage alarm set up
This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) that
vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Select "EXT-VOLT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
Common function
DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated when
the voltage drops below
the set voltage.
Alarm set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(ALARM) from the menu with the
Jog key.
② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Vibration set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.
② Select the "TYP1-TYP3" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
"VIB" types
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
Alarm voltage set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (LIMIT) from the menu with
the Jog key.
② Select the voltage by
pressing the + key or ‒
key.
Selection range：
0.0V-70.0V
＋
or
−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
81
● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.
The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mm
plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Select "EXT-VOLT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key.
② Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
Common function
Speech
ACT/INH
Speech ON/OFF Switch
selection
Speech
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(SPEECH) from the menu with the
Jog key.
② Select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
Switch set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select
(SW) from the menu with the Jog
key.
② Select the switch by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
Selection range：
NULL, SWA-SWD
−
OFF
In "NULL", a speech always turns on.
ON
2 Position
82
OFF
OFF
ON
3 Position
Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting
9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUV VROGVHSDUDWHO\ DUHFRQQHFWDEOHWRWKH6%86SRUWRIWKH56%WKURXJK
DZD\KXEDQGUHOD\WHUPLQDOV7KHLQIRUPDWLRQRIVHQVRUVFRQQHFWHGDWLQLWLDOL]DWLRQFDQEHYLHZHGDV
long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).
● Sensors that can be used with the T6K: Futaba SBS-01T/TE, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A/02A, SBS-01C, SBS-01V
● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T6K: Robbe TEMP125, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672 (Setting change is needed in a
SENSOR screen.)
*Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.
Sensor Connection
7(036HQVRU
6%677(
5306HQVRU
6%6505%52
$OWLWXGH6HQVRU
6%6$$
7HUPLQDO%2;
7%33
6%86 6%%
&RQQHFWRU
5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH
PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU
Method
Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected
sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting and
pressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.
Common function
&XUUHQW6HQVRU
6%6&
9ROWDJH6HQVRU
6%69
● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.
① Select "TELEMETRY" from the
menu with the Jog key.
② The sensor item of your choice
is chosen by Jog key, and Jog
key is pressed.
Sensor set up
83
TEMP : Display of SBS-01T/TE(Option), and alarm setup
*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up
the temperature information from an optional
temperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT"
of "PARAMETER".
ŏ6HOHFW>703@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJ
NH\
ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
ŏ83ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH
Common function
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
W K H W H P S H U D W X U H
GURSVEHORZWKHVHW
YDOXH
ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH WHP
SHUDWXUHWKURXJKDQHDU
SKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\DF
WLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQF
WLRQ
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2 Position
84
3 Position
ALARM set : Hot warning
ALARM set : Low-temperature warning
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ WR℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ WR℃
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO/RB (Option), and alarm setup
*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
530LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH530
LQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDO530VHQVRU
7KH 530 RI WKH PRGHO HQJLQH PRWRU HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPZKHQSRZ
HULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ0D[LPXPGDWHUHVHWE\
SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\IRU
VHFRQG
ŏ530
ŏ83,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKH530ULVHVDERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RXFDQKHDUWKH530GD
WDWKURXJKDQHDUSKRQH
RUKHDGVHWE\$FWLYDWLQJ
WKH6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ0$* 0$*1(7,& RU237
237,&$/ LVVHWDFFRUGLQJWR
WKHVHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6505%0$*1(7,&
6%652237,&$/
ŏ , Q 2 3 7 , & $ / W K H Q X P E H U R I
EODGHV ),1 RIWKHSURSHOOHU UR
WRU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG
ŏ,Q0$*1(7,&WKHJHDUUDWLRRI
\RXUHQJLQH PRWRU \RXDUHXVLQJ
LVHQWHUHG
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
Common function
ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKH530IDOOVEHORZ
WKHVHWYDOXH
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
OFF
ON
2 Position
ON
3 Position
ALARM set : Over rotations
ALARM set : Under rotations
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/$50LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/$50LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPUSP
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
85
ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A/02A (Option), and alarm setup
*An altitude sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS
the altitude information from an optional altitude
sensor. The altitude of the model which is flying
FDQ EH NQRZQ ,I LW EHFRPHV KLJKHU ORZ WKDQ
preset altitude, you can be told by alarm. To show
ZDUQLQJ E\ YLEUDWLRQ FDQ DOVR EH FKRVHQ 'DWD
when a power supply is turned on shall be 0 m, and
it displays the altitude which changed from there.
(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQDLU¿HOGLVKLJKWKDWVKDOO
EHPDQGWKHDOWLWXGHGL൵HUHQFHIURPDQDLU¿HOG
is displayed. This sensor calculates the altitude
from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure
will get lower as you go up in altitude, using
this the sensor will estimate the altitude. Please
understand that an exact advanced display cannot
be performed if atmospheric pressure changes in a
weather situation.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of
"PARAMETER".
ŏ6HOHFW>$/7,78'(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
ŏ$OWLWXGH
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWHUH
VHWE\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHF
RQG
ŏ 8 3 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHDOWLWXGHUHDFKHV
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
Common function
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHDOWLWXGHUHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH $OWL
WXGH GDWD WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\
$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2 Position
3 Position
First, the set of a reference is required.
ALARM set : Low side
7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKHDOWL
WXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;
(&LWHP
3UHVVWKH-RJNH\ VRUPRUHSUHVV 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH P
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather alVRDWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW
ALARM set : High side
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH P
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
86
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
VARIO : Display of SBS-01A/02A (Option), and alarm setup
*An altitude sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2 LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\VVHWV XS WKH
variometer information from an optional altitude
sensor.
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of
"PARAMETER".
ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
ŏ9DULRPHWHU
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset by
pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
ŏ 8 3 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
W K H Y D U L R U H D F K H V
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RXFDQKHDUWKH9DULR
GDWDWKURXJKDQHDU
SKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\$F
WLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFKIXQF
WLRQ
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2 Position
3 Position
ALARM set : Rise side
ALARM set : Descent side
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH PV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR PV
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH PV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR PV
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
Common function
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHYDULRUHDFKHVEH
ORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
87
CURRENT : Display of SBS-01C (Option), and alarm setup
*A current sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
&855(17 LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\VVHWV XS
the current information from an optional current
sensor.
7KHFXUUHQWRIWKHEDWWHU\ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEH
known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of
"PARAMETER".
'ULYH
(6&
%DWWHU\
0RWRU
7R5HFHLYHU
6%6&
Common function
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWHUHVHW
E\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\IRUVHFRQG
ŏ&XUUHQW
ŏ 8 3 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKH FXUUHQW UHDFKHV
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKH FXUUHQW UHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RXFDQKHDUWKHFXUUHQW
GDWDWKURXJKDQHDU
SKRQH RU KHDGVHW E\
$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ
88
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>&855(17@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2 Position
3 Position
ALARM set : Up side
ALARM set : Down side
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH P$K
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P$K
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH P$K
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P$K
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
VOLTAGE : Display of SBS-01V (Option), and alarm setup
*A voltage sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
92/7$*( LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\VVHWV XS
the voltage information from an optional voltage
sensor.
7KHYROWDJHRIWKHEDWWHU\ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEH
known.
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of
"PARAMETER".
'ULYH
(6&
%DWWHU\
0RWRU
6%69
7R5HFHLYHU
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWHUHVHW
E\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\IRUVHFRQG
ŏ9ROWDJH
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHYROWDJHUHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RXFDQKHDUWKHFXUUHQW
GDWDWKURXJKDQHDU
SKRQH RU KHDGVHW E\
$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ
Common function
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>92/7$*(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
2 Position
ON
3 Position
ALARM set : Down side
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH 9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH 9
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
89
CAPACITY : Display of SBS-01C (Option), and alarm setup
*A current sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
&$3$&,7<LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS
the consumption capacity information from an
optional current sensor.
The consumption capacity of the battery which
LVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOO$/$50\RX
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TLM UNIT" of
"PARAMETER".
'ULYH
(6&
%DWWHU\
0RWRU
7R5HFHLYHU
6%6&
Common function
ŏ&RQVXPSWLRQFDSDFLW\ ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWHUHVHW
E\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\IRUVHFRQG
ŏ 8 3 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHFDSDFLW\UHDFKHV
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUPZLOOVWDUWZKHQ
WKHFDSDFLW\UHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
ŏ<RXFDQKHDUWKHFXUUHQW
GDWDWKURXJKDQHDU
SKRQH RU KHDGVHW E\
$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
IXQFWLRQ
90
ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>&$3$&,7<@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH-RJNH\
"VIB" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
2 Position
3 Position
ALARM set : Up side
ALARM set : Down side
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P$K
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1 $/$50 LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83 /,0,7 >YDOXH@LWHP
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR P$K
83 /,0,7 ≧'1 /,0,7
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
*When the + - keys are pressed simultaneously, the rate is reset
to the initial value.
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJ
LQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
SENSOR Sensor
(Common)
Function
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used
ZLWKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQD)XWDED6%67(
6%$52505%6%6$$6%6&DQG
6%69VHQVRULVXVHGWKLVVHWWLQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it
WRWKH6%86SRUWRIWKHUHFHLYHU
When using a sensor to which the slot number
ZDVFKDQJHGE\RWKHUWUDQVPLWWHUVRU5REEHVHQVRU
7(03 9$5,2 WKH\ PXVW EH
registered here.
[What is a slot?]
6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slots". There are slots
from #1 to #31. Altitude sensors units may use multiple slots.
T6K can use 1 of sensor respectively. Any more sensor can't be used.
Method
Calling the setting screen
＋
② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Change the sensor
① In the SENSOR screen state, select
(sensor) from the menu with the
Jog key.
Common function
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
② Select the sensor by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key
press.
or
−
● The kind of sensors.
● SBS-01T, SBS-01TE is used.
● SBS-01RO, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RB is used.
● SBS-01A, SBS-02A is used.
● SBS-01C is used.
● SBS-01V is used.
● OFF → R3008SB：EXT battery voltage can be indicated.
● R3008SB Receiver, CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input cable sold
separately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.
91
● REGISTER（When using sensor to which the slot number was changed by other transmitters.）
This function resets a starting slot of a sensor and registers with a transmitter.
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH
Sensor connect
Receiver battery
HUB
Sensor
Connect a sensor to add
T6K
Method
Calling the setting screen
Common function
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "SENSOR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Left 1-time
press
Sensor register
① SENSOR page 2 is chosen by Jog
key.
② Connect a sensor and a battery to
the transmitter.
③ Press the Jog key for 1 second.
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
④ Press the Jog key.
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds when complete.
● "COMU-ERROR" : ,WLVIDLOXUHRIUHJLVWHU&KHFN
a sensor and connection.
92
S.BUS
S.BUS servo link
(Common)
Function
$Q6%86 VHUYRFDQPHPRUL]HWKHFKDQQHO
and various settings you input. Servo setting can be
performed on the T6K screen by wiring the servo
DVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH
:LWKVRPH6%86 VHUYRVWKHUHDUHVRPHIXQFWLRQVZLWK
FDQQRWEHXVHG,IDIXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHXVHGWKHGLVSOD\VFUHHQ
will change. (Only the function which can be used by a servo
is displayed.)
$IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH
if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be operated and carried out.
Method
Calling the setting screen
② Select "S.BUS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
④ Connect a S.BUS servo to
set up.
Receiver battery
HUB
S.BUS/S.BUS2 Servo
T6K
S.BUS Servo setting
⑤ "READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press
the Jog key for 1 second.
⑥ READ is completed and
the item in which data of
S.BUS servo and a setup
are possible is displayed.
* "COMU-ERROR" :
It is failure of READ. Check a
servo and connection.
⑦ S.BUS servo is set up.
⑧ "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key
is pressed for 1 second.
The writing is done when
"Complete" is shown.
Next page S.BUS servo function
93
S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter
*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible
function.
ID =
[ ID ]
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.
CHAN ▶
[ Channel ]
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.
NEUT ▶
[ Neutral Offset ]
Common function
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range
of travel is restricted on one side.
EPA ▶
[ Travel Adjust ]
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.
DEAD ▶
[ Dead band ]
The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal
change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the
current consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.
REVE ▶
[ Reverse ]
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.
STRE ▶
[ Stretcher ]
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the
target position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be
adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown
below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.
94
BOST ▶
[ Boost ]
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since
a small travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded.
The motor can be immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the
motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too
large, operation will become rough.
DAMP ▶
[ Damper ]
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot
characteristic. If the value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the
stop position.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like
the servo response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the
life of the servo will also be shortened.
BSTM ▶ ON/OFF
Common function
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc., are suppressed by inertia and hunting
may occur, depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo
to oscillate) occurs even though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are
suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the initial value.
[ Boost ON/OFF ]
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation. (In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON. (When quick operation is hope)
SPED ▶
[ Speed Control ]
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can
be matched without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques
below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even
if the servos operating voltage is increased.
STAR ▶
[ Soft Start ]
Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this
setting, the first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the
specified position.
SMOT ▶
[ Smoother ]
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement
changes. Smooth setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick
operation is necessary such as 3D.
95
M TRANS Model transfer
(Common)
Function
Transmission of model data is possible with T6K
WUDQVPLWWHUV'DWDWUDQVIHULVSHUIRUPHGE\WKHUDGLR7KH
0'/75$16 IXQFWLRQ ZRUNV ZLWK WKH FXUUHQW PRGHO
you are using in the transmitter. As for the receiving
transmitter, any data on the current model that is receiving
the information will be over-written.
TRANSFER
*T6K does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.
RECEIVE
Model Data
T6K-1
Method
T6K-2
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "M TRANS"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
Common function
Execution of transmission/
reception
MODE：
TRANSFER（T6K of data
origin ）
／
RECEIVE
（T6K which receives
data）
Model transfer
● MDL-TRANS between two T6K radios should be performed within 2-meter range.
① In each T6K, the ＋ or − key is pressed and it is
made "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".
＋
−
or
● "TRANSFER"：T6K of data origin
"RECEIVE"：T6K which receives data
Selection range：TRANSFER, RECEIVE
② Select "Execute" with the Jog key.
Perform the following work from [1]RECEIVE T6K
to [2]TRANSFER T6K in order.
③ Hold down the Jog key the RECEIVE T6K.
④ Hold down the Jog key the TRANSFER T6K.
（1 second )
● "Complete" is displayed and the mode
transfer is finished.
CAUTION
Always check servo direction prior to every
flight as an additional precaution to confirm
proper model date, hook ups, and radio
function.
NOTE: 0'/75$16 EHWZHHQ WZR 7. UDGLRV VKRXOG
be performed within a 2-meter range.
96
● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At this
time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.
Timer
TIMER
(Common)
Function
The timer is convenient during a competition to
VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH
on a full tank of fuel.
ŏ7KH WLPHUV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK PRGHO 6LQFH WKH
WLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW
KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG
ŏ7KH W\SH RI WLPHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ
XS 83 GRZQ '2:1 XS7+5LQWHJUDWH '183
,17 DQG GRZQ 7+5 LQWHJUDWH '17+,17 7KH XS
WLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHGWLPHLV
GLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQWLPHULVFRXQWHG
GRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJWLPHLV
GLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQVWRSWLPHUVWRSV
WKH FRXQW DW (DFK WLPHU FDQ EH VHW XS WR PLQXWHVVHFRQGV
ŏ6ZLWFKHV $ WR ' WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5 RU SRZHU
VZLWFK 3:56: FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VWDUW
VWRS VZLWFK 67$57 7KH 212)) GLUHFWLRQ FDQ
DOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDV
VHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV
WXUQHGRQ
ŏ:KHQWKHWLPHU\RXZDQWWRUHVHWLVVHOHFWHGZLWK
WKH-RJNH\DQGWKH-RJNH\LVSUHVVHGIRUVHFRQG
DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQWKHWLPHULVUHVHW6ZLWFKHV$WR
'FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK 5(6(7 7KH
212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW
ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHU DXGLEOH DODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH
WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ
DW VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP VHFRQGV EHIRUH WKH
VHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG
LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH
Method
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "TIMER"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
● When the throttle switch is se-
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
Time set up
Mode selection
ON Switch selection
Reset Switch selection
Vibration selection
Timer
■ Mode selection
① Select timer mode
from the "MODE"
with the ＋ or − key.
＋
−
or
（Range）
UP, DOWN, DN-STP
Common function
Calling the setting screen
Switch direction
lected at switch selection, hold
the throttle stick in the position you want to set the ON/
OFF point at ON direction setting and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog key for
1 second. The timer is turned ON
at points higher than this position. The ON direction can be
switched by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
■ Timer time setting
■ Switch selection and ON direction setting
② Set the time by pressing the + key or ‒
key at each TIME
(minutes):(second)
item.
③ Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the
START or RESET item and set the ON direction by pressing
the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting item.
(Switch setting range)
START: SwA-D, THR, PWR
RESET: SwA-D
(Switch ON direction)
3P SW: NULL (normally off), UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN
（Range）
0-99 minutes 59
seconds
97
Vibration set
① In the TIMER screen state, select
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog
key.
② Select the "TYP1-TYP3" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
or
−
"VIB" types
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
Displaying the timer on the home screen
Common function
The set timer can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is
displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to timer by PARAMETER, the set timer is displayed.
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "PRMTR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
② Select "TIMER" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
③ End setting by pressing the
END key.
（1 second）
Parameter
① Select "HOME-DSP" from the parameter 2 page with the Jog key.
＋
98
−
END
Integration Timer (UP-TH-INT, DN-TH-INT)
,17 LQWHJUDWLRQ Timer is the function which changes progress of a timer according to the location of the
throttle stick. When the throttle stick is raised for faster speed, the speed of the timer usually increases. With
the throttle stick at mid-range speed, the timer speed decreases (to 50%). When the throttle is positioned at
ORZHQGWKHWLPHU VSURJUHVVVWRSV,W VSRVVLEOHWRVHWLWLQWKHWLPHZKLFK¿WVSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQRI\RXU
fuselage.
● Alarm (Vib)
The integration Timer audible alarm indicates the time by a beep from 10% and 0% before the set time.
*The consumption of the battery/fuel is different depending on the conditions, so use an INT Timer as reference.
*The INT (integration) time is different from the actual elapsed time.
When a throttle stick is the
high side, the speed of the
timer usually increases.
High
Middle
When a throttle stick is low,
timer progress stops.
Low
Common function
When a throttle stick is
middle-speed, the timer
speed decreases (by 50%).
Displaying the timer on the
home screen
Elapsed time
INT (integration) time
INT time (%)
● UP-TH-INT: Count up integration timer
● DN-TH-INT: Count down integration timer
● Example
When it's connected with the throttle stick, a START of a
timer can be used more easily.
The setting example which starts an INT timer when a
throttle stick exceeds 2%.
99
TRAINR Trainer
(Common)
Function
6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGL൶FXOW\FDQEHVHW
to match the student's level.
The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor's transmitter to the student's transmitter
XVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUG VROGVHSDUDWHO\ 6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I
the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.
Trainer code
● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel.
● The trainer switch is set to switch D.
When the trainer function is used, cancel the function
assigned to the switch D. THR-HOLD of a helicopter can't
be used.
Teacher
CAUTION
Use the trainer function under the following conditions:
Student
Common function
● When the instructor uses a T6K transmitter, set the student's transmitter modulation to PPM (for
conventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T6K transmitter, the modulation
mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)
● Before flight always confirm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.
● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not work
loose during use.
● Always remove the high frequency module of the student's transmitter. (For module type)
● Never turn on the student's transmitter power switch.
Trainer function operation modes
● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set at
the instructor's transmitter. *Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance. Next,
reverse function makes all channels normal.
● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the student's transmitter. (The
instructor and student settings must be the same.)
● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled
by the instructor.
However, channels not provided at the student's transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above
settings.
When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.
Example of use
● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible even
with a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).
● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the student's level
to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.
◆ Trainer Cords
Instructor
Student
Trainer Cords
T12FG
6K
10C,9C,7C,6EX,4EX
18MZ,18SZ,16SZ,14MZ,
14SG,FX-36,FX-22,12K,12Z,
12FG,8FG,6K,8J,6J
18MZ,18SZ,16SZ,14MZ,14SG,FX36,FX-22,12K,12Z,12FG,8FG,
10C,9C,7C,8J,6J,4EX
100
6K
T12FG and 9C Trainer Cords
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the + key
for 1 second.
＋
② Select "TRAINR"
from the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
（1 second）
（Trainer function）
● Select the item with the
Jog key.
● If a trainer cable was
connected, it indicates "ON
LINE".
Function activation
Channel Select
● Channel setting mode display
AIRPLANE (2AIL1FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FLP（Flap）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
HELICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GYR（Gyro）
6: PIT（Pitch）
7: AUX
8: AUX
GLIDER (2AIL2FLP)
1: AI1（Aileron1）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: FL3（Flap3）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: FL5（Flap5）
6: AI6（Aileron6）
7: AUX
8: AUX
MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron）
2: ELE（Elevator）
3: THR（Throttle）
4: RUD（Rudder）
5: AUX
6: MOD（Mode）
7: AUX
8: AUX
Common function
● Select CH mode Display
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
Trainer function
■ Function activation
① Select the "OFF" by
pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not want to use the
function select INH.
■ Mode setting
② The mode of the channel of hope
is chosen by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Selection range：OFF,
NOR, FNC
The switch D isn't supposed to have the
important function about a flight.
When the switch D of
teacher's transmitter
is turned off, it'll be
teacher's control.
When the switch D of
teacher's transmitter
is turned on at the
front, it'll be student's
control.
嵉崳嵍
嵤岜岜
岜岜
㌣崮
嵔
㌣崣 嵉崰嵒嵤
嵛
㌣6% 崝嵤
㌣'
5
㌣嵊 86崣崫
㌣崣 (;3
崯
嵛崧嵤 2
㌣崰 嵓崰嵑嵛 崮崌
嵔
崡
崊嵑嵤
㌣崠 嵤崲嵤
嵈
嵋崌嵕
崣嵛崡
嵉崳嵍
嵤岜岜
岜岜
㌣崮
嵔
㌣崣 嵉崰嵒嵤
嵛
㌣6% 崝嵤
㌣'
5
㌣嵊 86崣崫
㌣崣 (;3
崯
嵛崧嵤 2
㌣崰 嵓崰嵑嵛 崮崌
嵔
崡
崊嵑嵤
㌣崠 嵤崲嵤
嵈
嵋崌嵕
崣嵛崡
The switch D isn't
the return switch, so
be careful.
101
Airplane Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to airplane (AIRPLANE) is displayed here.
Power ON
● First set the
throttle to low.
● Then turn on the
power.
● When t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns
to the home screen.
END
The wing type
is indicated
every several
seconds.
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
$)
（Home screen）
● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is
（1 second）
displayed.
＋
MENU
Airplane
MENU
1/4
MENU
2/4
MENU
3/4
（Selection）
● Move the cursor
(highlighted) up and down
and to the left and right
with the Jog key and select
the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.
（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
4/4
102
● Press the Jog key to open the
setting screen.
■ The menu items can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if
WING type is 1AIL, since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type
used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
Refer to "Common Functions"
previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
◆ MENU 1/4
◆ MENU 2/4
◆ MENU 3/4
P.52
PRMTR
P.65
TIMER
P.97
MDL TYP
P.55
P.MIX
P.70
TRAINER
P.100
MDL NAM
P.57
AUX CH
P.73
F/S
P.59
SERVO
P.74
THR CUT
P.104
Ｅ POINT
P.61
TLMTRY
P.75
DR EXP
P.106
TRIM
P.62
SENSOR
P.91
THR CRV
P.108
SUB TRM
P.63
S.BUS
P.93
IDL DWN
P.109
REVERS
P.64
Ｍ TRANS
P.96
GYRO
P.110
Airplane
MDL SEL
◆ MENU 4/4
AIL DIF
P.111
Ｖ TAIL
P.112
CAMBER
P.113
AIR BRK
P.114
EL → FLP
P.116
FLP → EL
P.117
key ／ LCD
●＋ key
●END key
ELEVON
●− key
●Jog key
P.118
103
THR CUT Throttle cut
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is
adjusted to the position which completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When THR CUT is active, the throttle position is
held regardless of the throttle stick position.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKH
VHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQLVQRW
UHVHWHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIH
WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH 125(6&PRGHWKHQH[WSDJHUHIHUULQJ
ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$-'
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR
ŏ7KH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW
FDQ EH VHW VR WKH PRWRU ZLOO QRW XQH[SHFWHGO\
UXQ DW KLJK VSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "THR CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Activating the function
Airplane
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Mode
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC.
● The value in parentheses is the
current throttle stick position.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Throttle Cut
■ Mode
① Select the "MODE" item and then select the
mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
＋
−
or
or
Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
● "NOR"：Engine plane
"ESC"：Electric motor plane
104
■ Activating the function
② Select the "MIX" item and then select the off
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Throttle Cut
■ Switch selection
③ Select the "SW" item and then select
the switch by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
■ Switch direction
④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.
＋
−
−
or
or
Range：
Range：SwA-SwD
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
Default：SwA
■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then select
the cht position by pressing the + key or
‒ key (motor stop).
＋
■ Function Throttle Position
⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the position
by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1
second.
−
or
● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.
Range：-30 to +30%
Default：0%
● Set to a safe low throttle position.
Range：0-100%
Default：15%
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
Airplane
NOR MODE（Engine）
ESC MODE（Motor）
THR CHT
THR CHT
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Cut switch ON
Cut switch ON
Motor Stop
THR stick Low
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
Engine
stop
Release
OFF
Release
ON
THR stick
middle-high
(Besides the low)
OFF
ON
Cut switch OFF
THR stick Low
Cut switch OFF
Motor Stop
OFF
THR Active
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
ON
THR stick
Low
Cut switch
OFF
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
Low→High
Start
105
DR EXP
Dual rate ／ EXPO
WING TYPE
Function
(AIRPLANE)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
D/R (Dual rate)
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2(3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQ
EHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP (Exponential)
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%
Method
Airplane
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● The channel under selection is
underlined.
Channel selection
Dual rate
（Switch Direction）
EXPO
● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by a
curve.
Switch selection
● Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.
（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up
Select the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick .
106
＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：Rudder
D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.
Range：1, 2, 4
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：
0-140%
Default：100%
● When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item and
then select the channel with
the Jog key.
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：1-4
Range：
-100 to +100%
Default：0%
● When you want to
return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
● Moving to another setting item of the
same channel is possible by Jog key.
Airplane
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
Switch Change
① Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.
② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.
＋
−
or
Range：1, 2, 4
Range：SwA-SwD
107
THR CRV Throttle curve
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so that
the engine/motor speed relative to movement of the
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKW
ŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set,
the throttle EXP function cannot be used.
Method
Calling the setting screen
② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Switch selection
● The set-up curve is shown
Airplane
5 point curve
set
（Present switch position）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Throttle curve
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
■ Switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
Range：SwA-SwD
＋
−
or
Default：SwC
■ 5 point curve set
③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and a
rate is set up.
＋
Range：0-100%
Default：P-1 : 0%, P-2 : 25%, P-3 : 50%, P-4 : 75%, P-5 : 100%
108
−
or
IDL DWN Idle down
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
This function is linked to the air brake switch
and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is
used when engine idle is set high to prevent the
HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR
lower engine idle when landing.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW
ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH
LGOHGRZQDPRXQW
ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV $-' 7KH VZLWFK GLUHFWLRQ FDQ DOVR EH
VHOHFWHG
Method
Calling the setting screen
② Select "IDL DWN"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Activating the function
Idle down rate
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN
Idle down
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the on
or off by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction
③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.
Range：
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN,
UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN
Range：SwA-SwD
■ Idle down rate
④ Select the "RATE" item and
then ad just the idle down
rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋
Airplane
Switch selection
Switch direction
−
or
Default：SwC
＋
−
or
Range：0-40%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● The idle down amount is usually 10%-20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum slow
position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and off.
109
GYRO
Gyro sensor
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2)) SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
ŏ7.RQO\FKDQQHOJDLQFRQWURO
ŏD[HVJ\URRIJDLQFDQ WEHFRQWUROOHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR ' ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ
IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Gain switch selection
Switch position
（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）
Airplane
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Gyro type）
● Switches to the
sensitivity setting
screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.
（Gyro Gain）
GYRO setup
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
■ Gain switch selection
② Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
Range：SwA-SwD Default：SwB
■ Gyro mode and gain setting
③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFF
110
AVC 100%
AVCS
When a ＋ key is
pressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.
＋
0%
Normal
−
NOR 100%
When a − key is
pressed, gain of the
Normal side is UP.
AIL DIF
Aileron differential
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. This function is restricted
to 2 servo aileron.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
CH1
CH6
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "AIL DIF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Aileron1（CH1）rate
L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate
Aileron6（CH6）rate
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
Airplane
（Aileron）
Select the Left/Right with the
aileron stick.
Aileron Differential
■ Activating the function
① Select the "2AIL" or "2AIL1FLP"
by WING type (MDL TYP).
■ Aileron rate
② Select the "AIL1" item and move the
aileron stick to the left and right and
adjust the travel of each servo by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-120 to +120%
Default：+100%
● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is
changed only the number returns to the initial value.
（Adjust the "AIL6" item in the same way as ② .）
111
V-Tail
V-TAIL
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that
combine the elevator and rudder functions.
CH2 (CH4)
CH4 (CH2)
(Stick mode 2)
Method
Elevator UP
Elevator DOWN
Rudder Right
Rudder Left
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Airplane
● When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.
Activating the function
ELE2 rate
ELE4 rate
（Rate adjustment）
RUD2 rate
RUD4 rate
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
V-TAIL
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a
function, set to the "INH" side.
■ Rate adjustment
② Select the value item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：+50%
（only ELE4 : -50%）
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the
servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
112
CAMBER Camber
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
The up/down travel of each flap/aileron
(flaps: FLP5, ailerons: AIL1/6) can be adjusted
independently for each servo according to the
wing type. The camber operates by switch A.
ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVZLWFKFDQEHFKDQJHG
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
CH5
Flap 5
CH1
Aileron 1
CH6
Aileron 6
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "CAMBER"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
＋
● Current switch position
−
Airplane
● Switch position
● Aileron 1
● Aileron 6
● Elevator
● Flap
● Activating the function
● Switch selection
● The value is changed by
+ key or ‒ key.
113
AIR BRK Air brake
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
This function is used when the air brake is
QHFHVVDU\GXULQJODQGLQJDQGLVWXUQHGRQDQGR൵
by switch D (initial setting).
ŏ1RUPDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQV DUH XVHG DV D EUDNH
WKH\DUHUDLVHG 83VLGH
ŏ:KHQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH LV ´2)67µ RIIVHW WKH
DLU EUDNH LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ :KHQ
WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV´/,15µ OLQHDU WKHDLUEUDNH
LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\ DW VZLWFK 21 DQG IURP WKH
FRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ
(Example)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
ŏ,IWKH´/,15µPRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
FRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXW LW
FDQEHVHSDUDWHGIURP&+RSHUDWLRQ&+FRQWURO
FDQEHVZLWFKHGIURPVWLFNWRVWLFNRUWR95NQRE
+RZHYHUZKHQRWKHUWKDQVWLFNZDVVHOHFWHGWKH
WKURWWOHWULPDQGIXQFWLRQUHYHUVHIXQFWLRQVFDQQRW
EHXVHG
ŏ:KHQ XVHG LQ WKH ´/,15µ PRGH DGMXVW WKH WUDYHO
ZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN DW WKH PD[LPXP VORZ VLGH
EUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP Flap down
*When using a flap here, make
CH5(FLAP) NUL in AUX CH.
WING type 1AIL1FLP or
2AIL1FLP
5CH
6CH
1CH
Switch C
Ailerons up
● Adjustment item for every wing type
Airplane
Display
1AIL1FLP
2AIL
2AIL1FLP
AIL1(1CH)
ELEV(2CH)
FLAP(5CH)
AIL6(6CH)
----Elevator
Flap
-----
Aileron1
Elevator
----Aileron6
Aileron1
Elevator
Flap
Aileron6
WING type 2AIL or
2AIL1FLP
ELEVON
----Elevator
Flap
-----
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "AIR BRK"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
3CH Control set (LINR mode)
Activating the function
Rate set
Elevator delay rate set
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
114
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Switch selection
Switch direction
Mode
● When the "LINR" operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed
at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.
Air brake
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Rate set
② Select the "rate" item and
adjust the servo travel by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
−
or
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：+50%（ELEV only -10%）
or
● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.
■ Delay Rate set
③ Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator
operation delay by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● The amount of delay is large at 100%.
Range：0-100%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.
（In the case of change of a switch）
■ Switch selection
① Select the "SW"
i tem an d t h e n
select the switch
by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
■ Switch direction
② Select the ON direction by
pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.
＋
−
or
Range：
（In the case of change of a mode）
■ Mode
①S e l e c t t h e ＋
−
"MOD" item
or
and select the
operation mode
by pressing the + key or the ‒ key.
Range：OFST, LINR
Default：OFST
Airplane
Range：SwA-SwD
Default：SwD
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DN, UP&CT, CENTR, CT&DN,
DOWN
■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode
only)
② Select the operation reference point setting
item newly displayed at the bottom row
of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the
air brake start point and set the reference point by
pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
Range：0-100%
（When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR"）
■ "LINR" mode 3CH control
① Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒
key.
Range：THR, SwA-SwD, VR
Default：THR
115
EL → FLP Elevator → Flap mixing
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
Function
This mixing is used when you want to apply
PL[LQJIURPHOHYDWRUWRÀDS8VXDOO\PL[LQJ
LVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJWKH
elevator. When used with Fun Fly and other
aircraft, small loops are possible.
CH5
Flap 5
ŏ7KH XS VLGH DQG GRZQ VLGH UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG
CH2
Elevator
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "EL → FLP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Select the ↑ / ↓ with the
elevator stick.
Mixing rate
（Elevator up side rate）
（Elevator down side rate）
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Activating the function
Airplane
Switch selection
Switch direction
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN
Elevator → Flap Mixing
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the ON
or OFF by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction
③ Select the "POSI
" by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key at
the ON direction
selection item.
＋
−
or
Range：
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&DWN,
UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN
116
＋
−
or
Range：SwA-SwD
■ Mixing rate
④ S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t e m a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Range：-100 to +100%
＋
−
or
Default：+50%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
However, polarity does not return.
● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses an
elevator stick.
FLP → EL Flap → Elevator mixing
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
Function
This mixing is used to compensate for pitch
FKDQJHV HOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQ DWÀDSRSHUDWLRQ
CH5
Flap 5
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQW LV SRVVLEOH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
ŏ7KH PL[LQJ UHIHUHQFH SRLQW FDQ EH VKLIWHG
2))6(7
CH2
Elevator
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "FLP → EL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● The movement switch is
common with flap CH.
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Mixing rate
（Present flap operating
position）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Airplane
Mixing offset rate
Flap → Elevator Mixing
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
■ Mixing rate
② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d
then adjust the mixing rate by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
−
or
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：0%
or
● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.
＋
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
（When changing the mixing reference point）
■ Mixing reference point offset setting
① Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap CH to the
point you want to make the mixing reference point and
set the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1
second.
（1 second）
Range：-100 to +100% Default：0%
117
ELEVON Elevon
(AIRPLANE)
WING TYPE
Function
This mixing is used with delta wing, tail-less, and
disk shaped airplanes that combine the aileron and
elevator functions.
Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the
CH2 servo to the right aileron.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP ELEVON
CH2
ŏ7KH DLOHURQ DQG HOHYDWRU WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
LQGLYLGXDOO\
CH1
Pitch (Elevator operation)
CH2
CH1
Roll (Aileron operation)
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "ELEVON"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Airplane
Select the Left/
Right with the
aileron stick.
Aileron1（CH1）rate
（Aileron rate）
Aileron2（CH2）rate
L：Aileron stick Left side rate
R：Aileron stick Right side rate
Elevator2（CH1）rate
（Elevator rate）
Elevator1（CH2）rate
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
ELEVON
■ Activating the function
① Select the "ELEVON" by WING
type (MDL TYP).
■ Rate set
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-120 to +120%
Default：+100%
（only ELE1 : -100%）
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the
servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
118
HELICOPTER Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.
PowerON
● First set the
throttle to low.
The SWSH type
is indicated
every several
seconds.
● Then turn on the power.
● When t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display
returns to the home
screen.
+5
（Home screen）
END
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
● When the + key is pressed for
（1 second） 1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.
＋
MENU
MENU
1/4
MENU
3/4
（Selection）
● Move the cursor
( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
down and to the left and
right with the Jog key and
select the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.
Helicopter
MENU
2/4
（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
4/4
● Press the Jog key to open the
setting screen.
119
key ／ LCD
●＋ key
Refer to "Common Functions"
previously described for a
description of this function.
●− key
●Jog key
●END key
■ Function
◆ MENU 1/4
Helicopter
120
◆ MENU 2/4
◆ MENU 3/4
MDL SEL
P.52
PRMTR
P.65
TIMER
P.97
MDL TYP
P.55
P.MIX
P.70
TRAINER
P.100
MDL NAM
P.57
AUX CH
P.73
CONDIT
P.121
F/S
P.59
SERVO
P.74
THR CUT
P.122
Ｅ POINT
P.61
TLMTRY
P.75
DR EXP
P.124
TRIM
P.62
SENSOR
P.91
OFFSET
P.126
SUB TRM
P.63
S.BUS
P.93
DELAY
P.127
REVERS
P.64
Ｍ TRANS
P.96
GYRO
P.128
◆ MENU 4/4
SWH AFR
P.129
SWH MIX
P.130
THR CRV
P.132
PIT CRV
P.134
REVO MX
P.136
TH HOLD
P.138
HOV THR
P.139
HOV PIT
P.140
（Condition switching at each
setting screen）
● Press the jog button for 1 second.
When setting conditions with the
following function, each setting can
be made by switching the condition
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
D/R, EXPO, Throttle curve,
Pitch curve, OFFSET, Swash MIX
CONDIT Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold) (HELICOPTER)
Function
The condition switches (idle up 1/2 and throttle
hold switch) are not operative at initial setting.
Switch setting is performed in advance with the
condition select function.
ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z& FHQWHU LGOHXS6Z&
GRZQ WKURWWOHKROG6Z' GRZQ Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "CONDIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Idle-up
setting
Throttlehold
setting
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Activating thefunction） （Switch direction ）
（Switch selection ）
■ Activating the function
① Select the "INH" item of the condition you want to use and set it
to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
Helicopter
Condition select
−
or
● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".
（In the case of change of a switch）
■ Switch selection
② A cursor is moved to ＋
"Switch selection" and
or
a switch is changed by
＋ key or − key.
−
Range：SwA-SwD
Default：SwC（IDLE-UP1）,
SwC（IDLE-UP2）,SwD（THR-HOLD）
■ Switch direction
③ A cursor is moved to
"Switch direction" and
a switch direction is
changed by ＋ key or −
key.
＋
−
or
Range：
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
121
THR CUT Throttle cut
(HELICOPTER)
Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is
adjusted to the position which completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated.
When THR CUT is active, the throttle position is
held regardless of the throttle stick position.
LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKH
VHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQLVQRW
UHVHWHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIH
WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH 125(6&PRGHWKHQH[WSDJHUHIHUULQJ
ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$-'
ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR
ŏ7KH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW
FDQ EH VHW VR WKH PRWRU ZLOO QRW XQH[SHFWHGO\
UXQ DW KLJK VSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "THR CUT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Activating the function
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Helicopter
Mode
Cut Position rate
Throttle Position
Switch selection
● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Throttle Cut
■ Mode
① Select the "MODE" item and then select the
mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
■ Activating the function
② Select the "MIX" item and then select the off
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
or
Range：NOR, ESC
Default：NOR
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
● "NOR"：Engine model
"ESC"：Electric motor model
122
● The value in parentheses is the
current throttle stick position.
Throttle Cut
■ Switch selection
③ Select the "SW" item and then select
the switch by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
■ Switch direction
④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the ON direction selection item.
＋
−
−
or
or
Range：
Range：SwA-SwD
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
Default：SwA
■ Cut Position rate
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then select
the cht position by pressing the + key or
‒ key (motor stop).
＋
■ Function Throttle Position
⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the position
by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1
second.
−
or
● It adjusts to the position where an engine
is cut.
Range：-30 to +30%
Default：0%
● Set to a safe low throttle position.
Range：0-100%
Default：15%
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
NOR MODE（Engine）
ESC MODE（Motor）
THR CHT
THR CHT
ON
ON
Cut switch ON
Cut switch ON
Motor Stop
THR stick Low
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
Engine
stop
Release
Helicopter
OFF
OFF
OFF
Release
ON
THR stick
middle-high
(Besides the low)
OFF
ON
Cut switch OFF
THR stick Low
Cut switch OFF
Motor Stop
OFF
THR Active
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
ON
THR stick
Low
Cut switch
OFF
(It's possible to do
positional change.）
Low→High
Start
123
DR EXP
Dual rate ／ EXPO
(HELICOPTER)
Function
D/R (Dual rate)
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 (3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG
ULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP (Exponential)
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, and rudder neutral position.
Adjustments can be made in 2 (3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ6HOHFW：6ZLWFK$-6ZLWFK' ／ FRQGLWLRQ：&RQG
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Helicopter
● The channel under selection is
underlined.
Channel selection
Switch direction
（present switch position ）
Dual rate
EXPO
● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by a
curve.
Switch selection
● Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.
● Jog key is pushed for 1
second, a condition screen
will change.
124
（Switch number）
（Rate）
＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
4：Rudder
Dual rate
■ Channel selection
① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.
■ Switch direction
② Select the "No" item and
then select the switch
direction or condition by
pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
Range：1, 2, 4
■ D/R Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "D/R" and
set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
−
or
Range：0-140% Default：100%
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
EXPO
■ Channel selection
① A channel is chosen
by Jog key.
■ Switch direction
② Select the "No" item and
then select the switch
direction or condition by
pressing the + key or ‒
key.
Range：1, 2, 4
＋
■ EXP Setup of rate
③ Select the "EXP" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
−
Range：-100 to +100%、Default：0%
or
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
Switch Change
■ Channel selection
① Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.
Helicopter
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
■ Switch selection
② A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or
‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：1, 2, 4
Range：SwA-SwD, Cond
● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup is
possible for every condition.
125
OFFSET
Trim offset
(HELICOPTER)
Function
If this trim offset function is used, independent
trim adjustments can be made during hovering and
in the air. This function can offset the ailerons,
elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking
to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends
to appear from the standpoint of helicopter
characteristics when flying at high speed is
possible. This function can correct this habit.
ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHU
WLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQ
WR VHW WKH VZDVK SODWH VR WKDW WKH KHOLFRSWHU WLOWV
WR WKH OHIW 6LQFH WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRUV LV
GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW
GHFLGHWKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQWKH
J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF
WKHRIIVHWUDWHLVPDGH LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ WRPDNH
FRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGH
ŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ
EHVHWIRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV
FDQ EH VHW IRU D SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR
FRQGLWLRQV ,'/,,+2/' LVDOVRSRVVLEOH
ŏ:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLV
SRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH
LVLQSXWLQWKHDLU :KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLV21
WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "OFFSET"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/Off is
shown when active and assigned
to a switch.
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
Activating the function
Switch direction,
Selection of condition
Offset rate
（Present condition ）
Helicopter
● When "Cond" is chosen,
if Jog key is pushed for
1 second, it will change
to each condition
setting screen.
Switch selection
Trim offset
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
■ Switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction and condition
selection
③ Select the switch direction and
condition you want to set at the switch
direction and
＋
−
condition items.
or
126
＋
−
or
Range：Cond, SwA-SwD
■ Offset rate
④ Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the offset rate
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Range：-120 to +120%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
DELAY
Delay
(HELICOPTER)
Function
This function prevents sudden offset changes
ZKHQWKHR൵VHWFRQGLWLRQIXQFWLRQVDUHWXUQHGRQ
DQGR൵
ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUUXGGHU
WKURWWOHDQGSLWFK
ŏ7KHVHWGHOD\LVFRPPRQWRWKHRIIVHWDQGFRQGL
WLRQIXQFWLRQV
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "DELAY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Delay rate
● The delay is maximum at 100%
(slowly).
Delay rate
＋
−
or
Range：0-100%
Default：0%
Helicopter
■ Delay rate setup
① Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the delay rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
127
GYRO
Gyro sensor
(HELICOPTER)
Function
ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJFKDQQHOFDQEHVHOHFWHG
ŏ7.RQO\FKDQQHOJDLQFRQWURO
ŏD[HVJ\URRIJDLQFDQ WEHFRQWUROOHG
LQGHSHQGHQWO\
This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from the
transmitter. The AVCS gyro (AVC mode) or normal
gyro (NOR mode) can be selected.
ŏ7KHJDLQFDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ &RQG RU
DQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW
ŏ:KHQWKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG$9&RU125
LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHJDLQVHWWLQJYDOXH
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Gain switch selection
（Present switch position）
● Switches to the gain setting
screen of each condition
when the Jog key is pressed.
Condition
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Gyro type）
（Gyro Gain set）
● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro gain setting
item to the mode and gain direct reading display.
Helicopter
Gyro setup
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
■ Gain switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
and then select the
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
＋
−
or
Range：Cond, SwA-SwD
■ Gyro mode and gain setting
③ When choosing Cond. → Set a mode and gain every each condition.
When choosing Switch → UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFF
128
AVC 100%
AVCS
When a ＋ key is
pressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.
＋
0%
Normal
−
NOR 100%
When a − key is
pressed, gain of the
Normal side is UP.
SWH AFR Swash AFR
(HELICOPTER)
（When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.）
Function
This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3 or H-2 is selected
as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch
steering angle and direction can be adjusted.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "SWH AFR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● Depending on the swash type the
screen display is different.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● When the polarity is changed, the
direction of operation is reversed.
Rete
NOTE：If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur.
■ Travel adjustment of each function
① Select each function item of "RATE" and
set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
Helicopter
Swash AFR
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：+50%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
129
SWH MIX Swash mixing
(HELICOPTER)
Function
This mixing is used to correct the bad tendencies
of the swash plate in the aileron direction and
elevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, and
pitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the direction
that requires correction so that the servo operates
smoothly in the proper direction relative to each
operation.
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH
VHW
ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ FRUUHFWLRQ
DPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
Example of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies
① AIL → ELE is set to ON.
② INH/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.
③ When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+"
direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deflected.
Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.
However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction
relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "SWH MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Helicopter
Condition
Mixing master direction
Mixing rate
（Rate）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
130
（Present condition）
Swash mixing
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then select the
"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Setup of rate
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing
rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：0%
or
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● When you are not using a function, set
this to INH.
● ON/OFF of a function, setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed and setting condition can be chosen.
Range：
NORM, IDL1, IDL2, HOLD
Helicopter
131
THR CRV Throttle curve
(HELICOPTER)
Function
ŏ1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ WKURWWOH
FXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KH QRUPDO 125 LGOH XS ,'/ LGOH XS ,'/ VZLWFK FDQ EH SUHVHW DW WKH FRQGLWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ
The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in
relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts
each point over the 0-100% range so that the engine
VSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKW
（Normal throttle curve adjustment method）
The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve is
adjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down
control is easiest.
（Idle up 1/2 throttle curve adjustment method）
The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is
reduced during flight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle
up curves 1/2 are by aerobatics.
CAUTION
Operation precautions
When starting the engine, always set idle up 1/2 to OFF and start the engine at
idling.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Helicopter
● ON, OFF change with idle up
and hold switch.
Setting condition
5 point curve
rate
● The THR-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Rate）
132
（Present condition）
Throttle curve
■ Select the condition (ID1/2)
① With the "CND ▶ " item selected, press the + or - key to switch to
the condition (NOR/ID1/ID2) you
want to set.
＋
−
or
Range：NOR, ID1, ID2
■ 5 point curve setting
② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 to P-5) with
the Jog key and set the travel of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
Default：
P-5: 100%
P-4: 75%
P-3: 50%
P-2: 25%
P-1: 0%
Range：0-100%
or
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
■ Curve copying method
① Select the "CND" item
and switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.
② Press the + key or ‒ key
and select the copy destination condition.
＋
③ Copy the condition by
pressing the Jog key for
1 second.
−
（1 second）
or
● Throttle curve setting examples
50
25
0
P1
50
P3
P4
STICK
（Normal）
P5
0
P1
P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 65.0%
P2= 65.0%
P1= 67.0%
75
50
25
25
P2
（The example of a setting ）
%
100
P5=100.0%
P4= 75.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 54.0%
P1= 56.0%
75
RATE
RATE
75
（The example of a setting ）
%
100
P2
P3
P4
P5
0
P1
P2
STICK
（Idle-up1）
P3
P4
P5
Helicopter
P5=100.0%
P4= 65.0%
P3= 50.0%
P2= 30.0%
P1= 0.0%
RATE
（The example of a setting ）
%
100
STICK
（Idle-up2）
NOTE：Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage
specifications.
133
PIT CRV Pitch curve
(HELICOPTER)
Function
The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5
point curve in relation to throttle stick movement
and adjustment of each point over the -100% to
+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimum
ÀLJKWVWDWH
ŏ1RUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ DQG
KROG +/' SLWFKFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ LGOHXS ,'/ DQG KROG +2/' VZLWFKHV FDQ EH SUHVHW DW WKH
FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
NOTE：When the hold switch is on, the hold function has
priority even though an idle up switch is in any position.
（Normal curve adjustment method）
The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted
together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control is
easiest.
（Idle up 1/2 curve adjustment method）
The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low
side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2 curves are
used by aerobatics.
（Throttle hold curve adjustment method）
The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch to
match the stick work at pitch up.
Method
Calling the setting screen
Helicopter
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "PIT CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● ON, OFF change with idle up
and hold switch.
Condition
5 point curve
rate
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● The PIT-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.
（Rate）
134
（Present condition）
Pitch curve
■ Select the condition (ID1/2/HLD)
① With the "CND ▶ " item selected, press the + or - key to switch to
the condition (NOR/ID1/ID2/HLD)
you want to set.
＋
−
or
Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, HLD
Default：
P-5: +100%
P-4: +50%
P-3: 0%
P-2: -50%
P-1: -100%
■ 5 point curve setting
② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 to P-5) with
the Jog key and set the travel of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
Range：-100 to +100%
or
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
■ Curve copying method
① Select the "CND" item
and switch to the curve
copy mode by pressing
the Jog key.
② Press the + key or ‒ key
and select the copy destination condition.
＋
③ Copy the condition by
pressing the Jog key for
1 second.
−
（1 second）
or
● Pitch curve setting examples
0
-50
-100
P1
P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%
0
P2
P3
P4
-100
P1
P5
（Normal）
P2
P3
STICK
P4
（Idle-up1）
（The example of a setting ）
%
+100
+50
+50
P5= +40%
P4= +10%
P3= -10%
P2= -50%
P1= -80%
0
-50
-50
STICK
RATE
+50
RATE
P5= +70%
P4= +50%
P3= +6%
P2= -40%
P1= -70%
（The example of a setting ）
%
+100
P5
-100
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
STICK
Helicopter
RATE
+50
（The example of a setting ）
%
+100
RATE
（The example of a setting ）
%
+100
（Idle-up2）
NOTE：Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to
the fuselage specifications.
P5= +100%
P4= +50%
P3=
0%
P2= -50%
P1= -100%
0
-50
-100
P1
P2
P3
STICK
P4
P5
（Hold）
135
REVO MX Pitch → Rudder (Revolution) mixing
(HELICOPTER)
Function
7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHU PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV
the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction
torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter
in the direction opposite the direction of rotation
of the main rotor) generated by the main rotor
pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch
of the tail rotor is also changed when the main
rotor pitch changes and reaction torque appears
and so that the nose does not swing to the left and
right. However, when the AVCS mode is used
ZLWKD*<6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLV
unnecessary.
ŏ7KHQRUPDO 125 LGOHXS ,'/ UDWHVFDQEH
VHW
ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJ
GLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LV PL[HG LQ WKH
ULJKW GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH SLWFK EHFRPHV SOXV )RU
D FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV
RSSRVLWH 7KH RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
&:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH /2: KLJKVLGH +,*+ &&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2: KLJK VLGH
+,*+ *7KH DERYH YDOXHV DUH WKH LQLWLDO YDOXHV 5HSODFH
WKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV
Adjustment procedure
First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.
（Normal pitch → rudder mixing）
Helicopter
● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment
Repeatedly hover from take off and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, and
adjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect when the throttle is raised and lowered.
If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking off, when hovering
stabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when
the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, the
direction of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may
also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.
● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment
Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust
pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect to the left and right when the throttle is raised and
lowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large and
if the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment
while taking the balance.
（Idle-up1/2 Pitch → Rudder mixing）
This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed flight.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
＋ （1 second）
136
② Select "REVO MX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Selection of condition
High side Setup of rate
Low side Setup of rate
（Present switch position）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Rate）
Pitch → Rudder mixing
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" ＋
item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
■ Selection of condition
② Select the "COND" item
and selection of condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
−
or
−
or
Range：NORM, IDL1/2
● When you do not use a function, set to
the "INH" side.
■ Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "HI"or
"LO" and set the rate by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
＋
−
or
Range：-100 to +100%
Default(NORM)：-20%(LOW) +20%(HIGH)
Default(IDL1/2)：0%(LOW) 0%(HIGH)
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
Helicopter
137
TH HOLD Throttle hold
(HELICOPTER)
Function
The throttle hold function fixes or stops the
engine throttle position by hold switch operation
during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be
set within the -50% to +50% range based on the
throttle trim position.
The switch is changed at the conditions selection
screen. (Initial setting: SwD)
CAUTION
［NOTE］
Priority is given to throttle hold over idle-up.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "TH HOLD"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Activating the function
● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
hold throttle position
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
Throttle hold
Helicopter
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
■ Hold throttle position
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-50 to +50%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● When you do not use a
function, set to the "INH" side.
● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to 【Hold position adjustment method】
condition THR-HOLD, and can be set ● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction and
at any screen.
adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position and
turn the hold switch on and off and set to the number at which the servo
does not operate.
NOTE：When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to the
slowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
138
HOV THR Hovering throttle
(HELICOPTER)
Function
The hovering throttle function trims the throttle
near the hovering point.
When the hovering throttle VR is turned
clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in the temperature,
humidity, and other flying conditions can be
trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed.
More precise trimming is possible by using this
function together with the hovering pitch function.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\
QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "HOV THR"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".
Activating the function
Trim memory settting
（Compensation amount at trim
memory）
VR setting
Selection of condition
（Actual compensation amount
including the hovering throttle
VR）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● NORM：Only the normal condition operates
● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition and
idle-up1.
● The VR operating direction is
different depending on the
polarity.
Hovering Throttle
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to
the "INH" side.
■ VR setting
③ Select the "VR" item and then select the
"VR" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Range：NULL
（OFF）,+VR, -VR
Default：NULL
■ Selection of condition
② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM
Helicopter
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" ＋
item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
（Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position）
■ Memory setting
④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize
the current trim position by pressing the
Jog key.
● When the VR is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.
139
HOV PIT Hovering pitch
(HELICOPTER)
Function
The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near
the hovering point.
When the hovering pitch VR is turned clockwise,
the pitch gets stronger and when it is turned
counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker. Rotor
speed changes due to changes in temperature,
humidity, and other flying conditions can be
trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation.
Method
More precise trimming is possible by using
this function together with the hovering throttle
function.
ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP
QRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXS
ŏ7KH WULP SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH PHPRUL]HG ,I LW LV
PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG
WKH RULJLQDO WULP VWDWH FDQ EH UHWULHYHG E\ PHUHO\
VHWWLQJWKH95WRWKHFHQWHUZKHQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQ
LVUHFDOOHG
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "HOV PIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When "INH", the function
cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".
Activating the function
Trim memory settting
（Compensation amount at trim
memory）
VR setting
Selection of condition
（Actual compensation amount
including the hovering pitch
VR）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● NORM：Only the normal condition operates
● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition and
idle-up1.
● The VR operating direction is
different depending on the
polarity
Helicopter
Hovering Pitch
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" ＋
item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to
the "INH" side.
■ VR setting
③ Select the "VR" item
and then select the
"VR" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
Range：NULL
（OFF）,+VR, -VR
Default：-VR
−
or
■ Selection of condition
② Select the "MODE" item
and then select condition
by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
Default：NORM
（Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position）
■ Memory setting
④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current
trim position by pressing the Jog key.
● When the VR is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.
140
Glider function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to glider (2AIL4FLP) is displayed here.
Power ON
● First set the
throttle to low.
● Then turn on
the power.
● W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns to the home screen.
END
The wing type
is indicated
every several
seconds.
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
$)
（Home screen）
＋
（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.
MENU
MENU
1/4
MENU
2/4
Glider
MENU
3/4
（Selection）
● Move the cursor (highlighted) up and down and to
the left and right with the
Jog key and select the
function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.
（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
4/4
ƔPress the Jog key to open
the setting screen.
141
■ The menu items can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if
WING type is 1AIL, since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type
used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
Refer to "Common Functions"
previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
◆ MENU 1/4
◆ MENU 2/4
◆ MENU 3/4
MDL SEL
P.52
PRMTR
P.65
TIMER
P.97
MDL TYP
P.55
P.MIX
P.70
TRAINER
P.100
MDL NAM
P.57
AUX CH
P.73
CONDIT
P.143
F/S
P.59
SERVO
P.74
Ｅ POINT
P.61
TLMTRY
P.75
DR EXP
P.144
TRIM
P.62
SENSOR
P.91
SUB TRM
P.63
S.BUS
P.93
MOT SW
P.146
REVERS
P.64
Ｍ TRANS
P.96
GYRO
P.147
◆ MENU 4/4
Glider
142
AIL DIF
P.148
Ｖ TAIL
P.149
BUTFLY
P.150
TRM MIX
P.151
EL → CMB
P.152
CMB MIX
P.154
AL → CMB
P.155
Key ／ LCD
●＋ key
●END key
●− key
●Jog key
CONDIT Condition
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
The condition function lets you change multiSOHVHWWLQJVE\RQHVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ'L൵HUHQWVHWtings can be made immediately by switching 2 conditions.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDW FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ FRQGLWLRQ
are:
・Camber MIX ・%XWWHUÁ\
・(/(ń&DPEHU ・$,/ń&DPEHU
・Trim mix
Method
Calling the setting screen
② Select "CONDIT"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/Off is shown
when active and assigned to a switch.
Condition1
● Priority is given to the condition 2 when the condition 1
and 2 is turned on simultaneously.
Condition2
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Activating the function）
（Switch direction）
（Switch selection）
CONDITION
■ Activating the function
① Select the "INH" item of the condition you want to use and then set
that condition to "ON" or "OFF" by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
（Changing the switch）
■ Switch selection
② Change the switch by
pressing the + key or ‒
key at the switch selection item.
＋
−
or
Glider
● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".
■ Switch direction
③ Select the ON direction
by pressing the + key or
‒ key at the ON direction
selection item.
＋
−
or
Range：
Range：SwA-SwD
Default：SwA
● 2P SW：NUL, UP, DWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, U&D, U&C, CNT, C&D, DWN
143
DR EXP
Dual rate ／ EXPO
WING TYPE
Function
(GLIDER)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
D/R (Dual rate)
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2(3) steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQ
EHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP (Exponential)
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement is
sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● The channel under selection is
underlined.
Channel selection
Glider
Dual rate
（Switch Direction）
EXPO
● The dual rate and exponential settings are displayed by a
curve.
Switch selection
● Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.
（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up
Select the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick.
144
＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：Rudder
D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.
Range：1, 2, 4
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to D/R with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the
left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：
0-140%
Default：100%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item and
then select the channel with
the Jog key.
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor
to EXP with the Jog key, switching the
dual rate switch to the direction you
want to set, moving the stick to the
left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：1-4
Range：
-100 to +100%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the
same channel is possible by Jog key.
Switch Change
① Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.
② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.
＋
−
or
Range：SwA-SwD
Glider
Range：1, 2, 4
145
MOT SW Motor switch
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
This function sets the operating motor when the
EP glider with motor is started by switch. The operating speed can individually set in 2 ranges of high
from slow and slow from high. If you do motor
control with a throttle stick, you should set this
function to INH.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ)RUVDIHW\WKH212))VZLWFKRIWKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOI
FDQEHVHW
ŏ,IDWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUVXSSO\LVVZLWFKHGRQZKLOH
WKH PRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOO
RSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWK
WKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "MOT SW"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● Present motor control position
● If this safety switch
is not ON, the motor will not start
even if the starter
switch is turned on.
In "NULL", a safe
function does not
work.
● OFF-position
(0% : OFF)
● ON-position
(100% : High)
● Decelerating speed setting
● Start SW
● Accelerating speed setting
Motor
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MODE" item
and then select the
"OFF" by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Switch selection
② Change the switch by
pressing the + key or
‒ key at the switch selection item.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
Glider
■ Switch direction
③ Select the ＋
" D O W N " it em
or
and then select
the position by
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
−
or
Range：SwA-SwD
■ Speed setting
④ Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.
Range：OFF, 1-10 (more slowly)
● (ON) is the acceleration speed setting.
● (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.
● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWN
DANGER
Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.
Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\
146
GYRO
Gyro sensor
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2)) SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR ' ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ
IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function, select INH.
Gain switch selection
Each switch position
Gyro type/Gain rate
（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Gyro type）
● Switches to the sensitivity setting screen
of each switch direction when the Jog
key is pressed.
（Gyro Gain）
GYRO setup
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
■ Gain switch selection
② Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
Default：SwB
■ Gyro mode and gain setting
③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
Glider
Range：SwA-SwD
GAIN=OFF
AVC 100%
AVCS
When a ＋ key is
pressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.
＋
0%
Normal
−
NOR 100%
When a − key is
pressed, gain of the
Normal side is UP.
147
AIL DIF
Aileron differential
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
7ZRVHUYRVFDQEHXVHGIRUDLOHURQVDQGDGL൵HUHQtial can be applied to left and right aileron operation.
The left and right aileron differential can be adjusted
independently. This function is restricted to 2 servo
aileron.
Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the right
aileron to CH6.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Aileron 6
(CH6)
ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQ
FRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "AIL DIF"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Aileron 1（CH1）rate
Aileron 6（CH6）rate
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
（Aileron rate）
L：Aileron Stick Left side rate
R：Aileron Stick Right side rate
Select the Left/Right with the
aileron stick.
Aileron Differential
Glider
■ Activating the function
① Select the "2AIL" or "2AIL1FLP"
"2AIL2FLP" by WING type (MDL
TYP).
■ Aileron rate
② Select the "AIL1" item and move the aileron stick to the left and right and adjust the travel of each servo by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-120 to +120%
Default：+100%
● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is
changed only the number returns to the initial value.
（Adjust the "AIL6" item in the same way as ②.）
148
V-Tail
V-TAIL
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that combine the elevator and rudder functions.
CH2 (CH4)
CH4 (CH2)
(Stick mode 2)
Method
Elevator UP
Elevator DOWN
Rudder Right
Rudder Left
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "V-TAIL"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. To use the
function, select ACT.
Activating the function
ELE2 rate
ELE4 rate
（Rate adjustment）
RUD2 rate
RUD4 rate
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
V-TAIL
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a
function, set to the "INH" side.
■ Rate adjustment
② Select the value item and then adjust
the mixing rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-100 to +100%
Default：+50%
（only ELE4 : -50%）
Glider
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of
movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the
servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
149
BUTFLY Butterfly mixing
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
This function is utilized to quickly slow the
aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the
ÀDS
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
efficient landing configuration by accomplishing
the following:
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW VYHORFLW\
3 URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKH
WHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ZLQJ
DOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK
ŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
OFF
ON
Switch set to ON
Resistance increased by raising
the elevators and lowering the
flaps
THR stick lowered
Fine tuning of an elevator
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "BUTFLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Amount of movement setting
● Butterfly : ACT/INH
● When MIX is set to ACT, the amount of MIX(s)
according to stick operation is displayed.
● Can be either
set to a switch
or when NULL
is controlled
by the THR
stick.
● Aileron
● Flap
● Elevator
Glider
● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch.
● It can't be set.
＜ It's caused by the
wing type. ＞
● Offset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%.
（Currently selected condition）
Brake amount
MAX
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
OFST ▶ 100%
At THR stick high
＋
press the Jog key for 1 second
OFST ▶60%
press the Jog key for 1 second
● The value is changed by
+ key or ‒ key.
Start from
60%
High
Slow
THR stick operation
150
−
High
Slow
THR stick operation
Brake amount
MAX
At THR stick 60%
● Current THR stick position
0％ : Low 100％ : High
● When offset is set below a center, the
mixing of THR stick operates by the high
side.
TRM MIX Trim mix
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
This function shifts the ailerons, elevator, and
each flap trim to the preset position by means of a
switch.
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ
FDQEHVHW
OFF
Aileron 1
(CH1)
ON
Flap
(CH5)
Set the switch to ON
Trim of each control surface is
moved to the set value.
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Elevator
(CH2)
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "TRM MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
[TRIM MIX page1]
● When condition is used, the display
can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
＋
−
● Sets the trim neutral position of each
control surface.
Range：-100 to +100
Returned to 0 by pressing the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.
[TRIM MIX page2]
● The value is changed by
+ key or ‒ key.
● When not using this
function, select INH.
Glider
● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key and
changed with the +key)
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
Activating the function
3 Position Switch
NULL
ON
ON
ON
UP
ON
OFF
OFF
2 Position Switch
NULL
UP
UP&DWN
ON
OFF
ON
UP&CNT
ON
ON
OFF
CENTER
OFF
ON
OFF
CNT&DN
OFF
ON
ON
DOWN
OFF
OFF
ON
DOWN
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
151
EL → CMB
Elevator → Camber mixing
WING TYPE
Function
This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is
increased.
(GLIDER)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ
WKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH
FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH 5$1*(
Aileron 1
(CH1)
Up the elevator
Aileron 6
(CH6)
Flap
(CH5)
flap is down
Elevator
(CH2)
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "EL → CMB"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
（Currently selected condition）
Mixing rate
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● Aileron 1
＋
● Aileron 6
−
● Flap 5
● Flap 3
● It can't be set.
＜ It's caused by the
wing type. ＞
● (RT1) and (RT2) show the direction of elevator of operation.
Glider
[ELE → Camber ２page]
（Currently selected condition）
● When condition is used, the display can be switched and each
connection can be set by switching the condition switch.
● Camber MIX ACT/INH
● Can be either set to a
switch or when NULL
is always active.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of
the selected switch.
● Described on
the next page.
152
● The value is changed by
+ key or ‒ key.
● Current position of the
elevator stick
[ELE → Camber ２page]
● When MIX is set to ACT, the
amount of MIX(s) according to
stick operation is displayed.
● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting so
that camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly
is possible.
RANGE setting
■ Setting state
① Select the "0%" item next to
RANGE with the Jog key.
■ To setting value
② Move the elevator stick to the position you
want operation to begin.
Can be either up or down. When set
to down, the up side is also set by the
same amount.
■ Set value memorization
③ Press the Jog key for 1 second.
Hold the stick in
position.
When elevator operation exceeds the range,
the stick position is displayed and mixing is performed.
● When a RANGE number is selected and the
Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.
Glider
● Use example of RANGE
Elevator Operation
Only an elevator moves in case of a little operation.
Elevator and flap move in case of big operation.
153
CMB MIX Camber mixing
(GLIDER)
WING TYPE
Function
This function adjusts the rate of camber
RSHUDWLRQIRUWKHZLQJFDPEHU DLOHURQVÀDS LQ
the negative and positive directions. The aileron,
flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted
independently and attitude changes caused by
camber operation can be corrected.
All the wing control surfaces are
lowered and the camber is increased
(lift increases)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWR95
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFK
ŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHO
All the wing control surfaces are
raised and the camber is
decreased (lift decreases)
Turn the VR
Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the
amount of elevator movement.
Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the
amount of elevator movement.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "CMB MIX"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
（Currently selected condition）
Sets the amount of
movement when
the VR was turned.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
● Aileron 1
＋
● Aileron 6
−
● Flap 5
● Flap 3
● The value is changed by
+ key or ‒ key.
Glider
(RT1)：The amount of operations when VR is turned to the
right.
[CMB MIX ２page]
● Amount of compensation
of the elevator when the
camber changed.
(RT2)：The amount of operations when VR is turned to the
left.
（Currently selected condition）
● When condition is used, the display can be switched and each
connection can be set by switching the condition switch.
● Camber MIX ACT/INH
● Can be set to operate from
a switch. When NULL, it is
operated by a VR.
154
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of
the selected switch.
AL → CMB Aileron → Camber mixing
WING TYPE
Function
This mixing links the camber flaps with aileron
operation (stick). It is used when you want to increase roll axis maneuverability.
(GLIDER)
1AIL 1AIL1FLP 2AIL 2AIL1FLP 2AIL2FLP
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
Flaps and ailerons
operate
OFF
ON
Set switch to ON
Roll is corrected by using
the ailerons to control the
camber FLP.
Ailerons operation
Method
Calling the setting screen
② Select "AL → CMB"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Mixing rate
● When condition was used, the display can be switched and each
connection can be set by switching the condition switch.
Activating the function
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL
ON
ON
ON
UP
UP&DWN
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
2 Position Switch
NULL
UP
UP&CNT
ON
CENTER
OFF
ON
CNT&DN
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
DOWN
OFF
OFF
ON
● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.
(Selected with the Jog key and
changed with the +key)
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
DOWN
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Glider
ON
AIL → Camber mixing
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then select
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.
■ Mixing rate
② Select the value item and then
adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：-120 to +120%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
155
Multicopter Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.
Power ON
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
（Home screen）
● W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display returns to the home screen.
END
● When the + key is pressed for
1 second, the menu screen is
（1 second）
displayed.
＋
MENU
MENU
1/3
（Selection）
Multicopter
● Move the cursor (highlighted) up and down and to the
left and right with the Jog
key and select the function.
The cursor can be moved
over several pages.
MENU
2/3
（Calling the setting screen）
MENU
3/3
● Press the Jog key to open the
setting screen.
156
key ／ LCD
●＋ key
●END key
●− key
●Jog key
Refer to "Common Functions"
previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
◆ MENU 1/3
◆ MENU 2/3
◆ MENU 3/3
P.52
PRMTR
P.65
TIMER
P.97
MDL TYP
P.55
P.MIX
P.70
TRAINER
P.100
MDL NAM
P.57
AUX CH
P.73
FLY MOD
P.158
F/S
P.59
SERVO
P.74
CNT ALM
P.160
Ｅ POINT
P.61
TLMTRY
P.75
DR EXP
P.161
TRIM
P.62
SENSOR
P.91
THR CRV
P.163
SUB TRM
P.63
S.BUS
P.93
THR DLY
P.164
REVERS
P.64
Ｍ TRANS
P.96
GYRO
P.165
Multicopter
MDL SEL
157
FLY MOD Flight mode
(MULTICOPT)
Function
This flight mode is used for controlling the
multi-copter connected to 6-8CH.
5-9 can be changed to a flight mode by the
chosen 2 switches. It's used in case of a controller
of a multicopter of the type to which the flight
mode can be changed.
Method
Calling the setting screen
①Call the menu
screen from the
home screen by
pressing the + key
for 1 second.
②S e l e c t " FLY M O D "
from the menu with
the Jog key.
③ Open the setting
screen by pressing the Jog key.
④ Select page 3
with the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using channel select INH. The display of ACT
is shown when active and
assigned to a channel.
Page 3
● 5 flight modes can be
set to PRIORITY type. 9
flight modes can be set
to MATRIX type.
● Select the channel used for a
flight mode.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
TYPE
Multicopter
■ Type selection
Change the type by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the type selection item.
＋
−
or
Range：PRIORITY or MATRIX
Page 1
● The mode change rate
of the multicopter control box (CH6 use)
● Select the flight
mode to change
the rate.
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
RATE
■ Type selection
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the rate by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
158
＋
−
or
Page 2
● Flight mode
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Switch selsction
RATE
Switch postion
＋
■ Type selection
Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the rate by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
−
or
SWITCH
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MODE"
item and then select
the "OFF" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
■ Switch selection
② Change the switch by
pressing the + key or
‒ key at the switch selection item.
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
−
or
Range：SwA-SwD
■ Switch postion
③ Select the "POSI" item and then select the position by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
◆ PRIORITY TYPE
＋
＋
−
or
e.g. Setting 5 flight modes in MultiCopter Model Type
[PRIORITY] is select
by 3 pages.
SWA
SWC
Flight Mode
Normal
F-Mode 1
F-Mode 2
◆ MATRIX TYPE
Flight mode
change switch
CH6 sets the option
to change modes.
e.g. Setting up the transmitter to operate the tilt of a camera using switches A and C
[MATRIX] is select
by 3 pages.
Camera tilt
control rate
F-Mode 4
Camera tilt
control rate
Activating CH6 and CH7
allows the functions to
control the camera angle.
SWA
SWC
Multicopter
F-Mode 3
The mode change rate
of the multicopter
control box (CH6 use)
CAMERA Servo Rate
CH6
CH7
100
100
100
50
100
0
50
100
50
50
50
0
0
100
0
50
0
0
159
CNT ALM Center alarm
(MULTICOPT)
Function
$QDODUP VLQJOHEHHS FDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ
ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK
Beep sounds
When the THR stick
is set to the
specified position.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "CNT ALM"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When
ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFF
changes are linked to the switch.
Multicopter
INH ⇔ ON/OFF
Switch selsction
Switch direction
Stick position
● Select the
item with the
Jog key.
● The number in parenthesis is
the current throttle stick position.
Position setting
① Stick position is chosen by
Jog key.
OFF
160
● This is a throttle stick position alarm.
When a throttle stick was besides the slow position
and a transmitter was turned on. → Alarm start
② Set the throttle stick to the
position at which you want
to generate the alarm.
THR Stick
③ When the Jog key is held
down the alarm sounds at
that position.
Memorize the position at
which the beep is to sound.
DR EXP
Dual rate ／ EXPO
(MULTICOPT)
Function
D/R (Dual rate)
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control rate can be switched in 2(3) steps.
ŏ7KHFRQWUROUDWHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHW
LQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP (Exponential)
7KLVIXQFWLRQPDNHVRSHUDWLRQPRUHSOHDVDQWE\FKDQJLQJWKHRSHUDWLQJFXUYHVRWKDWVHUYRPRYHPHQW
LVVOXJJLVKRUVHQVLWLYHUHODWLYHWRVWLFNRSHUDWLRQQHDUWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUWKURWWOHDQGUXGGHUQHXWUDO
position. Adjustments can be made in 2(3) steps according to the control rate.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH '5 LVSRVVLEOH ([FHSWWKURWWOH 7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKW XSDQGGRZQ GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
ŏ:KHQWKURWWOHFXUYHIXQFWLRQLVVHWWKHWKURWWOH(;3IXQFWLRQFDQQRWEHXVHG
Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to D can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "DR EXP"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
Dual rate
（Switch Direction）
EXPO
● The dual rate and exponential settings are displayed by a
curve.
Switch selection
● Channel selection/Select
the setting item with the
Jog key.
Multicopter
● The channel under selection is
underlined.
Channel selection
（Switch No.）
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up
＜ Channel ＞
1：Aileron
2：Elevator
3：Throttle
4：Rudder
Select the ( ← ) ⇔ ( → ) L,R/U,D
with the stick .
161
D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog
key.
Range：1, 2, 4
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to D/R with the Jog key, switching
the dual rate switch to the direction
you want to set, moving the stick to
the left (down) or right (up) side and
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：
0-140%
Default：100%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item and
th en s el e c t th e chann el
with the Jog key.
② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to EXP with the Jog key, switching
the dual rate switch to the direction
you want to set, moving the stick to
the left (down) or right (up) side and
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
−
＋
Range：1-4
Range：
-100 to +100%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to
the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same
channel is possible by Jog key.
Switch Change
① Select the "SW" item and then select
the channel with the Jog key.
② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.
＋
−
Multicopter
or
Range：SwA-SwD
Range：1, 2, 4
EXPO TYPE : Throttle only
TYPE ▶ NORM
THR : HIGH
TYPE ▶ SEPA
Using the NORM
curve is helpful in a
model is controlled
at the throttle stick
whole field.
THR : LOW
Stick : LOW
162
THR : HIGH
Using the SEPA
curve is helpful
in a model is controlled at an upper
part from neutral
of a throttle stick.
THR : LOW
Stick : HIGH
Stick : LOW
Stick : HIGH
THR CRV Throttle curve
(MULTICOPT)
Function
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so
that the motor speed relative to movement of the
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKW
ŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
When this function is set, the throttle EXP function cannot be used.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "THR CRV"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function,
select INH.
Activating the function
Switch selection
● The set-up curve is shown
5 point curve
set
（Present switch position）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
Throttle curve
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
■ Switch selection
② Select the "SW" item
an d th en s e l e c t th e
switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
Range：SwA-SwD
＋
Multicopter
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
−
or
Default：SwC
■ 5 point curve set
③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and a
rate is set up.
＋
−
or
Range：0-100%
Default：P-1: 0%, P-2: 25%, P-3: 50%, P-4: 75%, P-5: 100%
163
THR DLY
Throttle delay
(MULTICOPT)
Function
When this function is used, the throttle operating
speed can be slowed down.
When the motor response is too sensitive, it's
used.
ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "THR DLY"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. To use the
function, select ACT.
Activating the function
Delay Rate set
（Throttle delay rate）
● It can be set to slow the throttle
movement up to +100%
● Select the setting item with
the Jog key.
Multicopter
THR DELAY
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item and then
select the "ACT" by pressing
the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a
function, set to the "INH" side.
164
■ Delay Rate set
② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust
the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
Range：0-100%
Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
GYRO
Gyro sensor
(MULTICOPT)
Function
This function is dedicated mixing for switching
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros.
ŏ7KLVJ\URIXQFWLRQLVQ WXVHGIRUDÁLJKW$ÁLJKWJ\UR
LV HTXLSSHG DOUHDG\ LQ D PXOWLFRSWHU HJ WKH
DQJOHNHHSRIWKHFDPHUDLW VXVHG
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the
home screen by pressing the +
key for 1 second.
② Select "GYRO"
from the menu with the
Jog key.
③ Open the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
＋ （1 second）
● When not using this function, select INH.
Gain switch selection
Each switch position
Gyro type/Gain rate
（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）
● Select the setting item
with the Jog key.
（Gyro type）
● Switches to the gain
setting screen of
each switch direction
when the Jog key is
pressed.
（Gyro Gain）
GYRO setup
＋
−
or
■ Gain switch selection
② Select the "SW" item and then select the
switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋
−
or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
Range：SwA-SwD
Multicopter
■ Activating the function
① Select the "MIX" item
and then select the
"ON" by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
Default：SwB
■ Gyro mode and gain setting
③ UP, CNT, DWN, shows the switch position. Set the respective positional gain and mode.
GAIN=OFF
AVC 100%
AVCS
When a ＋ key is
pressed, gain of the
AVCS side is UP.
＋
0%
Normal
−
NOR 100%
When a − key is
pressed, gain of the
Normal side is UP.
165
TX SETTING
The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can be
changed and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.
Turn on the power switch with the + key
and ‒ key pressed in the power off state. The
screen shown at the left appears. To return
to the home screen, turn off the power
and then turn the power back on without
pressing the keys.
■ STK-MODE
AIL
RUD
ELE THR
THR ELE
MODE 1
RUD
AIL
AIL
RUD
MODE 2
RUD
AIL
ELE THR
This is the MODE1-MODE4 setting. The initial
state is MODE2. To change the mode the
stick ratchet must be changed. Request that
this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged
modification)
THR ELE
MODE 4
MODE 3
■ STK-ADJ
This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment.
Do not use it in the normal state.
Calling the setting screen
① Turn off the power and then
turn the power back on while
pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
＋
② Select STK-ADJ → NEXT
in the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Enter the setting screen by
pressing the Jog key.
② Press the Jog key down
and select NEUT ■ .
③ Set the stick to the neutral
position and press the Jog
key.
−
Stick adjustment
① Select the stick you want to adjust with 1-4 with the + key.
＋
1
4
3
166
2
④ Swing the selected stick fully to the left and right (up and
down).
⑤ ■ appears next to "LEFT"
and "RGHT". Press the Jog
key.
⑥ When "Complete" is displayed, adjustment is complete.
END
■ THR-REV
This function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down
and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is effective and
when the stick is down, trim is not effective.
*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in the
normal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim
becomes ineffective at slow.
THR-REV
① Turn off the power and then
turn on the power while pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
＋
② Select THR-REV → NOR
in the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Select NOR or REV by pressing the + key or ‒ key. Setting is ended by power off.
＋
−
−
■ LANGUAGE
The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but
can be selected from among 7 languages.
LANGUAGE
① Turn off the power and then
turn on the power while pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
＋
② Select
MENU LANG → English
in the menu with the Jog
key.
③ Select NOR or REV by pressing the + key or ‒ key. Setting is ended by power off.
＋
−
−
Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power
without pressing a key.
FUTABA CORPORATION
oak kandakajicho 8F 3-4 Kandakajicho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0045, Japan
TEL: +81-3-4316-4820, FAX: +81-3-4316-4823
©FUTABA CORPORATION 2018, 6 (3)
167